4.4. 4.... 04.48 :4... 4 .444, c . 444 .4 .. . 4 I 4 44 . 4 ‘44 a“ 4 . 4 . .fr 1., 4. 4V. . 4 4.7 “a... , a 44\ .4044. ..v. .14. 4. a. , .. o. o. 444 . .4.. 4 1.4.4444 .6; 4 4o 4.. 4 . 4 .fl ..4 4. 4. ...- muu. 4.0... u. ".42 “Myra"? ..I. .u. ”44. Juan nuohrflnn 4.0“)”*mw4w.4_ toxuowm“ rfififihm .M?! w 4. v. .r& 4.... a? ...4 .4. _HA. ....— 4 0. 4.4. 4 . 4 ..V. _ 4 4. 43 .4. 410.14 .4 u. .4... 4 4” 444 4 . 4c. 4 ‘444 .14 4 ... 4 on... .4. 4 4 .44r4.oo. 4. “uwh‘. . ““4440“ .0 344440413: . . 7 _..L4 .... . . . 4.0.. 44 44c ‘04. ‘fia 4-0 5 on. . 4 4 O . 4 ”H4”; .*1. :04.- 4“. 4J4. 444444 - I . u \A » 4 0 C 4 O I v “I. O v A. .r...". p.4nmv.or..h.n "4.11Fflu.fl8.w44.hvmn4 . 4 4 4.4. . . . 4’. 444 4. 4‘4b‘d 4 .44. 4.4.: Aaurhbov?‘ 44" u . _ .... 4.04 .1 . . . 4 4I4V“nmi.u4-om ”rt-IO. V14: $0.“. 44 4-. . . . . . . , . 4 1. 4. .4 ..44 .5.- 444. .4 . . . . . mm..:4mmwm“44 «5.4‘444M44- 414442” 446 344045 . 4 . . . a 4 I 4 . . .. up; Apr); 8» hating .u.v4......w- . I 4.944 344...... 4". 4.44.4 4.46.4 4.. .404 74.3. .4 .40. 04 It. a 4‘ 4:. . - 4 4.4444 44 4 4. 414. . 4 . 4.44.44 .43 4 944 4 4 444 4 444 00444.. 4 I 4 44 I. 44.. :0 4.4.0.4. 0.4. 4 0.! 4o 44 I. 04"” him-44” . .4 , . . . 4.444. .4 I: 4 .Iumu_n44...uf 44.4.34 .. .4484. "It: .0613}; 1:43.644 .4 444:4 . 4. 49.4 4 43a 4 4.4 a... 4.».434 40444.4, 4.43.444 44V,44...¢..404.l 4.034.444b4.4-94.6~I4L0u4.4 44.. o 4. .4 4 .4 .4... 4.. 444 . ...»... u. 4.44.. 4. 4 in :4 . 4 444 41 0.4 4 .473. 44.. .. 44.4 4.4.1.4»! .14. 444 4 4 4.44.4...bC4. .. a..:....,,.....§ _Fyuusfiflmhvunwzuwmfimwww ~fdnfi§¥y 4uJ444u44..44.. 0‘ £340.41 .... l...- 4444... ‘a... 41.4.5 4504.“ ‘4 40‘ 0P: ‘5 . 4». :45? x _ . . ...]... : .. . ...ru Fan ... a... utmmuwm. 4.4.4)" 1.4.9.49. 4%...” . .. . 4 . 4 . . 4.44.“.1Jra44u..du.n.nu.4 3...:4fuwaiouawh4tul4mo, finflfiv 4 .0 A 4 4. ...1 . . 4. 4 9. nit. ... .3..... «...: . an .un.u...q....fl:.u.€ . . . _ . , . n2 6., 14rmfixwhralshuna¥v£mrziz ..sfla . ms... ......mfluw...” ’UIIO .. ..r . . 44.42.45 .444 . .44. 4 . 4 4 . .4 . . . -.. ..t 4.4 44 .4. 4 44. 344.414....4. 44:94 4.4 4.344. 44 4 . I ’4 4.404 . . 4'. .4 4 . 44.03.36.444one-“41044.4... . 404m, ...z...i......o...¥...... a... 44.43.? . 4 4 4 ”Whoa-““4 n .4”. 4“» .‘d-mln4-44‘. 3’44'..O4Iv. ‘0' 6 it.” 404‘ 434640144444, 49.4454 «$434.4 V .. 4.444.444.0441: .4V4441 48.44.4314 04.. _ I. _. I .44 ‘44. 4... 44 4.3.. 41".4i444gkduv £2“. 4 . . . 4 44404- .4. .0. ...4 453”“44 I ‘uyv‘n .... ... .4 4 4. I .. ”4:4oqvco .2,qu 4 4 . “mun-4ROI'O4-‘c.’ .. . . . . 644444.51“: 4.44444443‘34394. . . . 4.4141445 44.124.44.45 £450‘3’g5m 7V?!» ”I“ b" ”44.4 4 44!- 444 ..4. “04354 ...a 44.. .ua‘iO-‘QU’ .1444 am. 4’ U .5444: . .4. . 0 4.454414 0.4.4.”. 4 4435 4?. 4 . . 4... 4t;- ‘. 4 .4 44.. 4..a...€444..44.v. .u.... 4 ...“..w “hulwf. 4n4.4« «44.44 5.4.4.444. 4 4 A 4444493344.. 4140.444\J«44444§0‘444 2.444! 4. ..44’. t...- 4 \c o! . 4 404 4‘!¢I44400‘.4‘4445{ 44 . . 44 4 4v ill-t4, .. 444 .40. 44.44.41.404434444 454444 . 4:444. 447 .34....4. lilfiguflfigfinflg 44 4 c4 0 44444.44! ..54433 . 4 . 4 44".}. 4 4... .4. 44 04‘ ' .....404.c.oJ.444.44404.. 4.. 4- .044.... 4... 4 . 4’4... .0 . 4 5 ‘4.- 44. . . ’4' . .... 4.543.404 .4 5.). ...; 44 444 .40..) 054. .‘44.04. 4. .I. 4.04 4.4 44444. . 4 4 4 044.4. ' II 4444.04 .5444.......... 401.344.4414“ . .0 44 .460 o. .44 443 44 4 4: 44" 4 '44 04 64444 . .t’. (4 4 . 4.001.044.4‘lh'.“4. 4 4 344.4411...» 4 4 v 4 . 4.4 ‘ . ranJflnifil‘ 4.44.444. . 44 4 .. .9 .5 ...-4444.... 44404544434440; . _ H1 4.. 4 .4. . 4 44 4 _. ,4 . .14”... .42..1).!.5.‘...-I4.4n 44.444.44.344-443345Mnu4n4. .4 . 4 . . 4 c . . 4- 4 4 I I 4 4 b 4 4.4 4 4 .q. . 4 4 . . 4.44.9944“ .4]... 4.4444444}; 434.444.74.424.“ . 4 4 '4 4 n 4 4 4 o 4 4 4 .0 444.44u.44.r4u 41‘. 4,144.44... 40; ooqlvt‘cofi‘d I 4 4 4. 4 . D 4 44 O I . O ' . 4 . 4 ... 4 . 444. _ .4 . . .. . 4 .44, )- hrlb n .4. Pill. 44 4 4 4 . .. . .. _ .. . 4 . ... . . . H I b I I 4 4 o o 4 o . . o 4 4.4 4 4 .0 . 4 4. 4 4. 4 4 4 44!“ 4H444 4 .4. .4I.4. 4 40. 4 . . I I r "1 4 [4!qu . . 4 . . 4 4 .. . . 4 t... 4 .4 .. .444444I 444 I? 44 44544414444 “.44 4. . .444. . I. . .4 . . ”45”.. ’44. “444.544 ,‘l 42‘“ 444h1..44..m4|44.? IO’O‘JUJH . . . 4 4‘4 . 4 141444... 444 1 [n “ 4 u . . 4 . 4 4 .4 4 l 49.54 Illi’cvvt454454555‘474404‘4gl? .1 ., 0 4 4 . 4. 4 4 4 -hO-ha 4Dnh4440‘ "00.444404." ‘051104‘4cs4oll43441I V 44 . 4 . 4 . . . 4 441’..Ii4044{ 0,3.‘4-§1‘=g44,;i§ ~ . 4 . . 4 4.. 4 . 4 . . 444 4-. 4444. 4‘94. (3409434444‘44’454bil44'434’g ._ v . 4 .6 4!.‘4l4 24‘9444‘44‘444 .‘ltuo. 4.914.4’44,I;24£i ‘5 n 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 .4. 4 . ~44: 4 444‘45 44 23:44.4344. N .14.5““§o§44§4“. 4‘ t .4 4 . 4 . . 4.4 4 o .. . . 4 . '44 '44‘5114 4‘44t‘owooa5lluuo 44:444. 4‘. .. . . . . 4 Q . 4 4 4 . .. .. 4.4.414; . 444 4 . . .4443 . 4 . 4444 4.... 4404454444.! 4‘14 ...-41’ 044430. .5444!«" I 4h4dnu _ . Iv _ . u 4 v . . 0 4 b. '3' I4 4 4 . . . . 1 . n .4. . . . . 4." . . a . . . . . . . . . . ..4 4. . . .l .4... u 4:... 1 4 44.44““ .4 P44544444444t432r4... “.4. .0? . . 4 . .. 4.. 4 . y .. . . . . 4. . .4 . 4.. I. 4.44 4.4. .... .4..\\4t4144 ‘4. 44.. “3.44444454404444.!4494F'4go4r4. .4414. 4‘ 4 4 .... .. 4 4 .44 . . 4 4. .4. . .. . . . _ . . . .44 .4 4 . 4.. 4 .4. 454.441-44.444‘312‘ 4.44- 3.30.4644“ . . . 4 . . _ . . , , x z 4 44.. ... 4 .... ....4 .. .....t ...w . :M.‘.. 4'44... 4., u‘l4144414444. 4432‘;§4'$444Un4444 . 4 4 4 4. 4 4 . 4 4 . . 4 ‘ 4 4 4 4 4 o 4.. 4... 4 . . . ... 44.435445: 2044404“; 0. 444....44bnohu44‘u‘04'005‘114n 4‘444n,‘ .. . o . 4 . 4 . . 4 3 . o 4 7 4' 454. .4245- 4’ .4 ...-4". -5440. I44 4 4 444 1‘4 n . . .4" . . 4 _ .4 4 . 4 4 . 4 .4. x4”; 4 .4. ......m..uu.44.u414..l‘4fi4uv.u ‘4. ....4434 .4. ..494444‘). 144444.. 244444., 444 44 z . 4 4 4 4 4 4.. . . A. .4 4 . . 4 . . . 4 . . v 4 PD. 544 4.5.4. 444444.. .3444. \444444‘44444.‘ 4.‘0ll4“4 444.444.“ “ . 44 4 b O . o 4 . .h _. 4 ... o. . . . 4 4 4. 4 I n I 4 4 4 4 . \lrtu’i 4‘44 ...-414.441.54.6‘4’10- 0'4 4 4 . . . 4 4 p 4 4 4 4 4 4 n 4 . . n . . 4 4 S 4 ‘4 44 Q . .4 4 4 4 4 I . . 4 . .... V44 4 A O 4 4 . . . .. 4f4uonun45h‘4’iu’cu1w.4‘4444444’. 034.444,“.‘4154 4 4 4 4 4 . . 4 4 . 4 . 4% 4 . _ . 4 . 4 . . . . .4 . . . . . . . ..44441444414444 444454.; 4.44 4 44 454.4404‘41‘I944. ..444441 . o 4 4.4 . . . . . .. 4 .4 4 a. 4 . _ .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . _. . ,. . . . . 4444344454,. £444.44 ...-44.444504 444441 0444.44.44.24. 4.444....444} . .4 4 . . . . 4 _ . . 4 4 _ 4 4 4 4 .4 . . . . _ . : . . . . . . . , 44434054.. I44\.-4 004! 5‘4‘44444. 44444,: 4444;“..4444 .44 fl . _ . 4 4 _ no. . ... .. 4 4 . . 4 . 4 . o 4 4 4.4 4 . .O . {4. 4.4 4 .4. .4.4 ..4.4"4.’444..4I4r 5.4 4.1444440) ..i 4.4!). ! 414444-444). . 4. 44.- t- . 4 :4. . 4 . 4 .u .0 4 . . a . . 4 4 o .4 . :4 4 340.44 4.44.144. 4.1. ‘54....4444 l44...4.. .- (40.4.4444. 414.43.414.34444’4‘4 9 .ms'l % 4. 4 O 444 o . 4 A a l . 4 4 4. . 4 D.‘4{1,.4.n 0.:4\ 4444.00 .0044! 44‘4‘44.‘\404‘,.4‘£0‘.44'Il 4 “a 4 . 4 4 4 .. 4 a . 4.. 4 40 . 4. . 4. t . . 4 . . n . 4 4 ‘44444 4440. 4.1. 44444:... :1.§.4.4144"4:‘ 1440$IS I 4 4 o ..4 . 4 4.. 4 .4. . . .4 0X 4 4 w 4 . .4 4 4 . . .4 . 4 4 . 4 . . 4 4 4 . .4 . 4 . ma .. o 4 o .4 a 4 .. 4 4 4 4 . . . I v o 4 4 4 o 4 4 4 . 4 4 4 I 4 4 4 4 .0 . . 40.5454 . O4 . . V . 4 4 4 . 4 4 4 4 4 4 _ 4 A O 4 .4 4 O . .4 .444 4. 4 . .44. . 4 . 4 _ _ 4 4 4. . 4 4.4 4 9.44.544 544. .444 4.4.44.4. o 4 4 4 . . . . 4 . 4 . v 4 4 4 4 4 . ..4 4 4. O. 4 I. . 4 4 4 . .4. 4 4 4 . . . 4 4 4 4 4 . 4 u. 4 . .0 n 4 . q 4 . . 4 4 I 4 4 4 u 4 4 a 4 4 4 4 .4544 444440 0 4.444 44!.)5 '4. ill ’v \D 404:4:441'4’54‘l .4. 4 4 4 . .. 4 4 4 . 4 . . 4. L4 . U . . .. . 4 . 4 . 4.4 . .414 04.4 4' . 44134444444437.54744‘; 44.44.4444? 4 4.444 4 9... 4 . 4 I 4 . o 4 . 4 4.31.. 4344“ 4...! ‘44:": U ‘. “4.44.4! ‘D‘II; ‘ . 4 4 . 4. . 4 1 4 . . . . . .44 4.4.4.444... 4. r I’ 41441.! 4 4 4 6 .\4 4 4 . 4 4 4 n 4 J o . . 4W _ 4 4 . 4 I a 4 4 4 a 4 . . 4, 4 4 . . . 4 4 4 V 4 . . 4 . . 4 . 4 4. .4 44 . . . o. 4 . 4 . 4 . . .4 4 4 4. ‘. 4 4 l 4 o 4 o 4 . 4 44 4 I 4 . n 4 . 4 4 4 4.4. . 4 4.. 44 4 Z 4. . 4 4 . .5 4 I 44‘ _N, . . 4 _ . . . . 4 1 40 4 4 4 . 4 4 4 - 4 4 . . 4 o 4 . 4 . 4 . o . 4 _a o 4 _I . 4 4 4‘4 4. 4 o t 4 . 4 4 1 . 4 .4 v4 . 4 4 4 . 4. 405 o 4 . o 4 4 . 4 . _ 4 4 o. 4 4 4 4 o 4 4 4 . 4 . x . . . . . 4 . 4 4 o . . . 4 q. 4 . 4 4 4 . l 4. . 4 4 . . 4 . a . 4 4 . ”a 4. . 4 4 . 4 4 4 . . 4 . 4 4 . . o o . 4. 4 4 . 4 . 4 4 4 4 O . u .4 4 o u. 4 . 4 . _ . 4 4 4 4 . v 4 . .. - 4 o 4 . .4 4 4 4 4 4 4 . . 4 4 . . 4 4 4 4 * u 4 4 . 4 4 . .0 4. .. 4 c . 4 4 ‘4 n O .4 I . 4 4 n D 4 o 4 . 4 4 4. 4 4 4 4 . 4 v I . _ 4 . o 4 4 . . O . a v . w . . 4 4 ... 4 . 40 4. . 4 _ 4 40 . 4 9 . 4 4 n . 4. 4 4 4 . . 4 4 v u . 44.41—44.34; . _ .l 4 . 4 . . 4 . 4 . v 4. 4 . 4 4 . ‘ 4 4 4 p 444 .4 4 4 4 4. . 0 Cu . ' 4 4 . 0 4 4 4 . 4. . 4 4 . .. . . . . 4 a o 4 _“4 . .4 454 a v. 4 4 n 4‘. .4 444.04 4 4 . u v . 4 4 . . o . . 4 ' . _ 4 4 4 .4 4 . . 4 . . .. u .4 _ 4 ‘4 40 5 4. 4 u . 4 4 4 o n t 4 I . 4 u . .4 v 4 _ . I O . t . 4 4 4 I 4 . 4 c 4 4 4 4 4 . . v .o . ... a 4 4 4 4. .4 . 4 . . 4 b i . 4 4 4 4 4 . 4 4 o 0 v 4 . o 4 4 4 4 4 fl _ . o4 4 4 4 4 4 4 . 4 . 4 4 v 4 4 . 4' v o 4 . . . o . u o 4 4 . 4 4 4 .4 ' 4. . .4 . 4 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 0.4 4 . . I 4 4 "4 . a 4 . . I 4 4 4 4 4 . 4 . _ . . 4 4 4 . _ .4.. 4 O . o 4 4 4 . 4 4 O 4 o 4 . 4 4 4 l 4 4 . . . 4 4 4 . 4 4 fl. . . . 4 4 . . . 4 . . . .. 4 r . . 4 4 . . . 4 4 4 . W‘s LIBRARY Ar Michigan state 23ft University This is to certify that the dissertation entitled NUMERICAL MODELS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF THE CYLINDER-KIT PERFORMANCE OF FOUR-STROKE INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES presented by ANDREAS PETROU PANAYI has been accepted towards fulfillment of the requirements for the Ph.D. degree in Mechanical Engineering Maia/9W Major Professor’s Signature 4/30 /0 7 Date MSU is an Affirmative Action/Ea ual Opportunity Employer PLACE IN RETURN BOX to remove this checkout from your record. TO AVOID FINES return on or before date due. MAY BE RECALLED with earlier due date if requested. DATE DUE DATE DUE DATE DUE 5/08 K lProi/Acc8Pres/ClRC/Dale0ue indd NUMERICAL MODELS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF THE CYLINDER-KIT PERFORMANCE OF FOUR-STROKE INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES By Andreas Petrou Panayi A DISSERTATION Submitted to Michigan State University in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Mechanical Engineering 2009 ABSTRACT NUMERICAL MODELS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF THE CYLINDER-KIT PERFORMANCE OF FOUR-STROKE INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES By Andreas Petrou Panayi Governments across the globe are introducing more stringent emission standards, setting targets for higher engine efficiencies and looking into alternative fuels. At the same time the consumer demands have to be met: low cost, high fuel efficiency, long trouble-free life, low emissions and low noise and vibration. In order to meet all of these demands, a vast amount of design and testing is needed. This is where the numerical models for the assessment of cylinder-kit performance apply. Such models greatly reduce the amount of time from conception to launch of a new product. They reduce the number of expensive prototypes required to complete a design, and they allow for multiple design iterations to be tested in virtual space. In this dissertation, numerical models for the assessment of cylinder-kit performance of four-stroke internal combustion engines are explored. A novel 3-D numerical model for predicting piston dynamics was developed. This model deviates from conventional ones, as in addition to the axial and thrust plane motions Of the piston it also considers the secondary motion in the wrist-pin plane. It is shown that the motion in this additional dimension becomes important with the new generation pistons, especially when faced with asymmetric and eccentric cylinder bore deformations. The model is used to investigate piston dynamics for both gasoline and diesel engines, and the predicted results are compared with the actual Operating pistons. Also, a method for the optimization of piston skirt profiles used in internal combustion engine piston design is proposed. The method is based on a response surface approximation of standard performance measures used in piston design, namely, the RMS values Of the piston’s transverse and angular accelerations, used as indicators of piston slap and noise, and the friction work on the skirt. The method is intended to be used in conjunction with computationally-intensive piston simulation tools. As such, it can be used also as a paradigm for strategies to solve optimization problems that rely on computationally expensive simulation models. An example illustrates the capabilities of the method and the significant enhancements in performance that result from an optimized piston Skirt profile. Finally, the ring-pack performance Of a newly developed gasoline engine is benchmarked against that of a similar production engine using CASE, a commercial ring dynamics simulation program. Some limitations of such models that perform the calculations at one cross-section of the ring-pack are identified, and an introduction is made to the initial developments of an advanced 3-D ring dynamics numerical model. Copyright by ANDREAS PETROU PANAYI 2009 “It is an art to design an engine that revs up to 19000 RPM and yields a power beyond the 950 bhp horizon for a lifespan of one race weekend. The real art though is to design an engine that is fuel-efi‘icient, reliable with a lifespan beyond 150,000 miles, and has a light footprint on the environment. It even becomes a masterpiece when you can harness some of the waste energy.” Andreas P. Panayi, 2009 for my wife, Darioulla for my parents, Petros and Panayiota ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS First I would like to give my sincere thanks to my advisor, Dr. Harold Schock, for giving me the opportunity to work as a research assistant at the Automotive Research Experiment Station. These years have not only enriched my engineering knowledge, but also developed me as a researcher and a person, preparing me for the next step in life. Under his tutelage I have been motivated to strive for and achieve exceptionally high standards in engineering. He provided me with the opportunity to attend and present at multiple conferences, while working with him on several research projects. This has established my professional network which will be an invaluable asset in my future job hunt. In many areas, both personally and professionally, Dr. Schock has taught and encouraged me to meet challenges that I had never before thought possible. Most important of all he led me to understand the art of the production internal combustion engine. Second, I would like to thank the members of my Guidance Committee. Their advice and input along the way led me to the completion of this dissertation. Namely I would like to thank Dr. Farhad J aberi. He was the first one to expose me to all the glory of numerical modeling from my first semester here at Michigan State University. I thank Dr. Ronald Averill, who advised me on finite element modeling throughout my Masters and continued to do so through my PhD; and Dr. Alejandro Diaz who introduced me to optimization methods through his Optimal Design of Mechanical Systems class. His ability to motivate and challenge me resulted in a collaboration beyond the class which led to the development of the pseudo-Adaptive Response Surface Methodology which vi will be described later in this dissertation. Finally, I thank Dr. Mikhail Ejakov of Ford Motor Company, who advised me from the early stages of my research on the numerical modeling of pistons and later piston rings. 1 would also like to extend to him my sincere appreciation for making it possible for me to intern at Ford Motor Company last summer. The experiences I acquired from that industry exposure will be invaluable in my future career. In turn I would like to thank Mulyanto Poort of Mid Michigan Research for his support and friendship all these years. We have spent quite a few hours together exchanging ideas for modeling approaches. Also, the support of Mid Michigan Research allowed for the development of these numerical models. I would like to thank Dr. Dan Richardson of Cummins Inc. for all his input month after month regarding the modeling efforts in both piston dynamics and ring dynamics. I would also like to express my appreciation to him for giving me the opportunity to get involved with the Internal Combustion Engine Division of ASME and allowing me to assist in the organization of two technical conferences. Many thanks to Andy Flack of Cummins Inc. also, for all his inputs in the piston modeling efforts. Furthermore I would like to thank all the people at the Automotive Research Experiment Station who made these years more pleasant through lunch breaks, fishing trips or just hanging out. Finally, I would like to thank and express my gratitude to my wife Daria and to my parents, Petros and Panayiota, for their love, support and patience, even when I am so far away. In order to achieve this, we had to spend considerable amounts of time apart on opposite sides of the Atlantic, however, they were always there. vii To conclude, I would like to extend my apologies to the future researchers that will end up reading this work on microfiche, as some of the images in this dissertation are presented in color. viii TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF TABLES - xiii LIST OF FIGURES - _- -- xv KEY TO SYMBOLS xxiii INTRODUCTION 1 CHAPTER 1. NUMERICAL MODELS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF CYLINDER-KIT PERFORMANCE - 3 1. 1 Motivation ................................................................................................... 3 . Objectives ................................................................................................... 4 1.3 Previous Efforts .......................................................................................... 5 1.3.1 Piston Dynamics ................................................................................ 6 1.3.2 Skirt Profile Optimization ................................................................. 9 1.3.3 Ring Dynamics ................................................................................ 12 1.4 Structure of the Dissertation ..................................................................... 13 CHAPTER 2. THE CYLINDER-KIT 15 2. 1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 15 2.2 The Piston ................................................................................................. 18 2.2.1 Piston Design ................................................................................... 20 2.2.2 Piston Mass ..................................................................................... 22 2.2.3 Piston Crown ................................................................................... 23 2.2.4 Top Land ......................................................................................... 23 2.2.5 Second and Third Lands .................................................................. 24 2.2.6 Piston Pin-boss ................................................................................ 26 2.2.7 Wrist-pin .......................................................................................... 26 2.2.8 Piston Skirt ...................................................................................... 27 2.2.9 Piston Skirt Design .......................................................................... 30 2.2.10 Piston Strength .............................................................................. 31 2.2.11 Piston Deformation ....................................................................... 32 2.2.12 Thermal Expansion Control .......................................................... 33 2.2.13 Skirt Lubrication and Friction ....................................................... 34 2.2.14 Piston Profile ................................................................................. 35 2.2.15 Piston Ovality ................................................................................ 37 2.3 The Ring-pack ........................................................................................... 38 2.3.1 Top Compression Ring .................................................................... 41 2.3.2 Second Compression Ring .............................................................. 43 2.3.3 Oil Control Ring .............................................................................. 43 2.3.4 Pressure Loading ............................................................................. 44 ix 2.4 CHAPTER 3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 CHAPTER 4. 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 CHAPTER 5. 5.1 2.3.5 Heat Transfer ................................................................................... 46 2.3.6 Ring Friction ................................................................................... 48 2.3.7 Engine Speed ................................................................................... 49 Cylinder Liner ....................... 49 PISTON FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS AND DYNAMICS MODEI 52 Introduction ............................................................................................... 52 Overview of the PIFEAD .......................................................................... 53 3.2.1 Skirt Compliance ............................................................................. 54 Piston Dynamics ....................................................................................... 58 3.3.1 Coordinate Systems ......................................................................... 59 3.3.2 Piston Coordinate System ............................................................... 60 3.3.3 Skirt ................................................................................................. 61 3.3.4 Axial Dynamics ............................................................................... 62 3.3.5 Piston Eccentricity ........................................................................... 64 3.3.6 Equations of Motion ........................................................................ 67 Hydrodynamic Pressure ............................................................................ 74 Oil Film Thickness .................................................................................... 77 Squeeze Film Velocity .............................................................................. 78 Oil Dynamic Viscosity .............................................................................. 79 Hydrodynamic Forces and Moments ........................................................ 80 Contact Pressure ........................................................................................ 81 3.9.1 Contact Forces and Moments .......................................................... 83 Wrist-pin Friction ...................................................................................... 84 Wear .......................................................................................................... 84 Numerical Procedure ................................................................................ 85 Remarks .................................................................................................... 91 APPROXIMATION OF THE ASPERITY CONTACT PRESSURE 92 Introduction ............................................................................................... 92 Background of the Greenwood-Tripp Asperity Contact Model ............... 93 The Greenwood-Tripp Model Equations .................................................. 94 Approximations ......................................................................................... 96 4.4.1 Power Law ....................................................................................... 96 4.4.2 Sixth Order Polynomial ................................................................... 96 4.4.3 Proposed Approximation ................................................................. 97 Comparison of the Approximations .......................................................... 98 4.5.1 Quality of Fit ................................................................................... 98 4.5.2 Computation Time ......................................................................... 102 PISTON DYNAMICS SIMULATIONS .......... - - -- 104 New Generation Piston: A Comparison between 2-D and 3-D Numerical Models ........................................................................... 104 5.1.1 Numerical Experiments ................................................................. 104 5.2 5.3 5.4 CHAPTER 6. 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 CHAPTER 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 CHAPTER 8. 5.1.2 Predictions by 2-D and 3-D Models .............................................. 109 5.1.3 2-D/Land and 3-D/Land Models, Fully Flooded Land Lubrication .................................................................................... 1 14 5.1.4 Dry and Fully Flooded Second Land Conditions .......................... 117 5.1.5 Analytical Results ......................................................................... 120 5.1.6 Remarks ......................................................................................... 121 High-speed Piston ................................................................................... 123 5.2.1 Cyclic Stress Recovery .................................................................. 123 5.2.2 Progressive Wear ........................................................................... 131 Assessing the Piston Performance of a Development Engine Relative to a Production Engine ............................................................................ 140 Wear Prediction for a Heavy-duty Diesel Engine Piston ........................ 148 5.4.1 Skirt Compliance ........................................................................... 152 5.4.2 Investigations on Skirt Wear ......................................................... 153 5.4.3 Remarks ......................................................................................... 174 AN OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHM FOR PISTON SKIRT PROFILES 175 Introduction ............................................................................................. 175 Overview of Piston Modeling and Performance ..................................... 176 Optimization Problem ............................................................................. 180 6.3.1 Design Variables In Piston Skirt Design ....................................... 180 Geometric Constraints ............................................................................ 181 6.4.1 Problem Formulation ..................................................................... 182 6.4.2 Skirt Profiles Described by Other Equations ................................ 184 The Surrogate Model .............................................................................. 188 6.5.1 Adjustment of Regression Coefficients by IRLS .......................... 189 6.5.2 Generation of the Initial Set of Design Points ............................... 190 6.5.3 Adding a Point to an Existing Set ................................................. 192 The Pseudo-Adaptive Response Surface Method ................................... 193 Selecting the Interpolation Model in Piston Skirt Design ...................... 196 Skirt Profile Optimization ....................................................................... 198 6.8.1 Robustness of pARSM .................................................................. 205 6.8.2 Effects of IRLS ....................... . ...................................................... 208 6.8.3 Optimal Profiles at Different Operating Conditions ..................... 211 Final Remarks ......................................................................................... 213 RING-PACK PRESSURES AND BLOW-BY 215 Introduction ............................................................................................. 215 The Leakage Coefficient ......................................................................... 215 Ring-pack Pressures ................................................................................ 216 Ring-pack Blow-by ................................................................................. 225 7.4.1 Tuning the CASE Model for Blow-by .......................................... 229 AN INTRODUCTION TO 3-D NUMERICAL MODELING OF PISTON RING DYNAMICS 241 xi 8. 1 Background ............................................................................................. 241 8.2 Finite Element Model in RING ............................................................... 244 8.3 Finite Element Model for a 3-D Ring ..................................................... 245 8.4 Ring Discretization and Coordinate Transformation .............................. 252 8.5 Bore Deformation ................................................................................... 256 8.6 Gap Location ........................................................................................... 257 8.7 Ring-bore Conforrnability - Methodology .............................................. 257 8.7.1 The Fix-and-release Strategy ......................................................... 261 8.8 Choosing the Penalty Number ................................................................ 261 8.9 Validating the Ring Finite Element Model ............................................. 264 8.10 Choosing the Number of Nodes .............................................................. 265 8.11 Sample Numerical Results ...................................................................... 268 8.12 Incorporating the Groove ........................................................................ 279 8.12.1 Constrained Ring Results ............................................................ 282 8.13 Further Developments ............................................................................. 286 CHAPTER 9. FINAL REMARKS 288 9.1 Lessons Learned ...................................................................................... 288 9.2 Limitations and Recommendations ......................................................... 289 9.3 Conclusions ............................................................................................. 291 APPENDIX A PARSM - PERFORMANCE MEASURES OF THE SURROGATE MODEL QUALITY 294 APPENDIX B PARSM - COEFFICIENTS FOR THE QUARTIC POLYNOMIAL SKIRT PROFILE 296 BIBLIOGRAPHY 297 xii Table 2.1: Table 2.2: Table 2.3: Table 2.4: Table 4.1: Table 4.2: Table 4.3: Table 5.1: Table 5.2: Table 5.3: Table 5.4: Table 5.5: Table 6.1: Table 6.2: Table 6.3: Table 6.4: Table 6.5: Table 6.6: Table 7.1: Table 7.2: Table 7.3: Table 7.4: LIST OF TABLES Engine components in Figure 2.1 ................................................................ 16 Piston features in Figure 2.4 ........................................................................ 20 Piston mass to diameter ratios ..................................................................... 22 Coefficients of thermal expansion for different materials ........................... 34 Tabulated values for (4.6) ........................................................................... 96 Statistics for the three approximations ...................................................... 100 Computation times .................................................................................... 103 Engine and piston properties ..................................................................... 106 High speed piston dimensions and properties ........................................... 124 Piston dimensions and properties .............................................................. 142 Heavy-duty diesel piston dimensions and properties ................................ 149 Simulation cases ........................................................................................ 153 Engine and piston data .............................................................................. 179 Surrogate model statistics .......................................................................... 197 Summary of results .................................................................................... 202 Summary of optimization results at 3000 RPM ........................................ 207 Summary Of Optimization results at 1000 RPM ........................................ 210 Summary of results at 5000 RPM ............................................................. 212 Channel height ........................................................................................... 220 Leakage coefficients .................................................................................. 220 Ring-pack channel heights for the two engines ........................................ 228 Ring masses ............................................................................................... 228 xiii Table 7.5: Table 7.6: Table 8.1: Table 8.2: Table 8.3: End gap clearances .................................................................................... 229 Leakage coefficients and blow-by per cylinder at WOT .......................... 230 Ring properties .......................................................................................... 262 Effect of number of nodes ......................................................................... 267 Ring-pack properties ................................................................................. 269 xiv Figure 2.1: Figure 2.2: Figure 2.3: Figure 2.4: Figure 2.5: Figure 2.6: Figure 2.7: Figure 2.8: Figure 2.9: Figure 2.10: Figure 2.11: Figure 2.12: Figure 2.13: Figure 2.14: Figure 2.15: Figure 3.1: Figure 3.2: Figure 3.3: Figure 3.4: Figure 3.5: Figure 3.6: LIST OF FIGURES Cross-section of a V-8 engine ..................................................................... 16 The four strokes in a gasoline engine — intake, compression, expansion and exhaust .................................................................................................. 18 Modes of energy losses at the piston assembly ........................................... l9 Piston features, light-duty diesel piston ...................................................... 19 Top land crevice .......................................................................................... 24 Second and third land loads ........................................................................ 25 Connecting rod reaction force components during expansion stroke ......... 28 Asymmetric thrust sides .............................................................................. 31 Cold and hot piston profiles ........................................................................ 36 Piston ovality ............................................................................................... 38 A typical ring-pack (a) diesel engine and (b) gasoline engine .................... 39 In-cylinder and land pressures ..................................................................... 46 Oil film wedge forming during the upstroke ............................................... 47 Forces generating axial friction at the ring-cylinder liner interface ............ 48 Cylinder liner deformation (a) assembled cold and (b) rated conditions 51 Skirt nodes contributing to compliance matrix ........................................... 57 Skirt cross-sections for obtaining the skirt compliance ............................... 58 Coordinate systems ..................................................................................... 59 Piston coordinate system (a) Xp-Yp plane, (b) Yp-Zp plane and (c) Xp-Zp plane ................................................................. , .......................... 60 Skirt mesh on the local coordinate system .................................................. 61 Vector diagram of the piston crank assembly ............................................. 62 XV Figure 3.7: Figure 3.8: Figure 3.9: Figure 3.10: Figure 3.11: Figure 3.12: Figure 3.13: Figure 4.1: Figure 4.2: Figure 4.3: Figure 4.4:- Figure 5.1: Figure 5.2: Figure 5.3: Figure 5.4: Figure 5.5: Figure 5.6: Figure 5.7: Figure 5.8: Figure 5.9: Figure 5.10: Figure 5.11: Figure 5.12: Reference points (a) in the Xp-Yp plane and (b) in the Xp-Zp plane .......... 66 Eccentricity in (a) the Xp-Yp and (b) the Xp-Zp planes with respect to the cylinder center line ...................................................................................... 66 Piston—connecting rod assembly free body diagrams .................................. 69 Second land mesh, 4 x 90 elements ............................................................. 76 Schematic of cylinder bore deformation ..................................................... 77 Components of pressure on skirt surface .................................................... 80 PIFEAD flow diagram ................................................................................ 90 Gap between two rough surfaces ................................................................ 94 Approximations of (4.6) ............................................................................ 101 Approximations of (4.6) in segments ........................................................ 101 Residuals of approximations of (4.6) ........................................................ 102 Piston mesh ............ ' ................................................................................... 105 Skirt profile ............................................................................................... 107 Pressure traces ........................................................................................... 107 Cylinder bore temperature ......................................................................... 108 Cylinder bore deformation ........................................................................ 108 Eccentricity at wrist—pin level, Xp-Yp plane ............................................. 110 Piston tilt ................................................................................................... 110 Total force in the Xp-Yp plane .................................................................. lll Eccentricity along the wrist-pin ................................................................ 1 12 Skirt wear (a) minor thrust 2-D model, (b) major thrust 2-D model, (c) minor thrust 3-D model, ((1) major thrust 3-D model ................................ 112 Skirt wear on minor thrust side (a) 2-D model, (b) 3-D model ................. 1 l3 Skirt wear on major thrust side (a) 2-D model, (b) 3-D model ................. 113 xvi Figure 5.13: Figure 5.14: Figure 5.15: Figure 5.16: Figure 5.17: Figure 5.18: Figure 5.19: Figure 5.20: Figure 5.21: Figure 5.22: Figure 5.23: Figure 5.24: Figure 5.25: Figure 5.26: Figure 5.27: Figure 5.28: Figure 5.29: Figure 5.30: Figure 5.31: Figure 5.32: Figure 5.33: Figure 5.34: Figure 5.35: Figure 5.36: Eccentricity at wrist-pin level, Xp—Yp plane ............................................. 115 Piston tilt ................................................................................................... 115 Eccentricity along the wrist-pin ................................................................ 1 16 Second land wear predicted by (a) 2-D\Land and (b) 3-D\Land models .. 116 Eccentricity at wrist-pin level, Xp-Yp plane ............................................. 118 Piston tilt ................................................................................................... .118 Eccentricity along the wrist-pin ................................................................ 119 Second land wear predicted by (a) 3-D\Land — fully flooded lubrication and (b) 3-D\Land — dry lubrication models ............................................... 119 Forces in the Xp-Yp plane ......................................................................... 121 In-cylinder pressure ................................................................................... 125 Piston axial acceleration ............................................................................ 125 Piston temperature distribution ................................................................. 126 Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 0 cad ...................................................... 128 Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 270 cad .................................................. 128 Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 369 cad .................................................. 129 Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 450 cad .................................................. 129 Principal stresses at 9000 RPM, 373 cad .................................................. 130 von Mises yield criterion 7500 RPM, 369 cad .......................................... 130 von Mises yield criterion 9000 RPM, 373 cad .......................................... 131 Instantaneous skirt wear ............................................................................ 134 Cumulative skirt wear at 1 hour ................................................................ 135 Cumulative skirt wear at 2 hours ............................................................... 135 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt .............................................................................. 136 Piston translation along the wrist-pin ........................................................ 137 xvii Figure 5.37: Figure 5.38: Figure 5.39: Figure 5.40: Figure 5.41: Figure 5.42: Figure 5.43: Figure 5.44: Figure 5.45: Figure 5.46: Figure 5.47: Figure 5.48: Figure 5.49: Figure 5.50: Figure 5.51: Figure 5.52: Figure 5.53: Figure 5.54: Figure 5.55: Figure 5.56: Friction force ............................................................................................. 137 Piston side forces in thrust plane (a) hydrodynamic and contact and (b) total force ............................................................................................. 139 Cylinder bore deformation for the two engines ......................................... 141 Piston translation along the wrist-pin ........................................................ 143 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt ....................................................................................... 144 Friction force ............................................................................................. 145 Piston side forces in thrust plane (a) hydrodynamic and contact and (b) total force ............................................................................................. 146 Engine block configuration ....................................................................... 148 In-cylinder pressure at idle (750 RPM) no-load conditions ...................... 150 Cylinder bore deformation (a) three-dimensional and (b) along cylinder bore length at minor and major thrust sides .............................................. 151 Skirt compliance of the heavy duty diesel piston ...................................... 152 Symmetric temperature distribution decreasing along cylinder bore length ......................................................................................................... 154 Asymmetric temperature distribution, hotter imposed on the inboard side of either bank ..................................................................................... 154 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin . level and (b) piston tilt, Case 1 .................................................................. 156 Piston translation along the wrist-pin, Case 1 ........................................... 157 Piston total side force, Case 1 ................................................................... 157 Side force analysis at 380 crank angle degrees ......................................... 158 Typical loading on left bank with the engine run at no load (a) minor thrust side and (b) major thrust side .......................................................... 159 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 2 .................................................................. 160 Skirt contact forces, Case 2 ....................................................................... 161 xviii Figure 5.57: Figure 5.58: Figure 5.59: Figure 5.60: Figure 5.61: Figure 5.62: Figure 5.63: Figure 5.64: Figure 5.65: Figure 5.66: Figure 5.67: Figure 5.68: Figure 5.69: Figure 5.70: Figure 5.71: Figure 6.1: Figure 6.2: Figure 6.3: Figure 6.4: Figure 6.5: Figure 6.6: Skirt wear, left bank, Case 2 ...................................................................... 162 Skirt wear, right bank, Case 2 ................................................................... 162 Skirt contact forces, Case 3 ....................................................................... 163 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 3 .................................................................. 164 Skirt wear, left bank, Case 3 ...................................................................... 165 Skirt wear, right bank, Case 3 ................................................................... 165 Piston secondary motion in thrust plane (a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 4 .................................................................. 167 Piston translation along the wrist-pin, Case 4 ........................................... 168 Skirt contact forces, Case 4 ....................................................................... 168 Skirt wear, left bank Case 4 ....................................................................... 170 Piston wear on left bank (a) minor thrust side and (b) major thrust side .. 170 Skirt wear, right bank, Case 4 ................................................................... 171 Piston wear on right bank (a) minor thrust side and (b) major thrust side ............................................................................................................ 171 Wear marks on cylinder liner (a) left bank bottom of major thrust side, (b) right bank bottom of minor thrust Side ................................................ 172 Piston drop ................................................................................................. 173 Representation Of skirt profile and oil film thickness ............................... 177 Skirt profile described by a quartic polynomial (a) skirt profile coordinate system referenced to the piston nominal diameter, (b) design variables ................................................................................... 181 Skirt profile described by NURBS with (a) three and (b) four control points ......................................................................................................... 186 Skirt profile described by the barrel equation ........................................... 187 Skirt profiles, reference (SP1) and optimized (SPO32 and SPO69) .......... 202 Transverse and angular accelerations in the reference (a) and Optimized SPO32 (b) profile ...................................................................................... 203 xix Figure 6.7: Figure 6.8: Figure 6.9: Figure 6.10: Figure 6.11: Figure 6.12: Figure 7.1: Figure 7.2: Figure 7.3: Figure 7.4: Figure 7.5: Figure 7.6: Figure 7.7: Figure 7.8: Figure 7.9: Figure 7.10: Figure 7.11: Figure 7.12: Figure 7.13: Figure 7.14: Figure 7.15: Figure 7.16: Total friction forces in the reference and optimized SP032 profiles ........ 204 pARSM iteration history for the SPO32 profile ........................................ 204 Best merit function in design library at each pARSM iteration for the SPO32 profile ............................................................................................ 205 Skirt profiles .............................................................................................. 207 Skirt profiles obtained from optimization 3 at 1000 RPM ........................ 210 Optimal skirt profiles at different engine speeds ....................................... 212 Ring leakage: (a) channel height and (b) leakage height when ring is seated at the bottom of the groove and (c) leakage height when ring is seated at the top of the groove ................................................................... 216 Ring-pack pressures ............ ‘ ...................................................................... 217 In-cylinder pressure at 1500 RPM 2 psi boost .......................................... 220 Top ring groove pressure ........................................................................... 221 Second land pressure ................................................................................. 221 Second ring groove pressure ..................................................................... 222 Third land pressure .................................................................................... 222 Oil ring groove pressure ............................................................................ 223 Top ring location relative to bottom of groove ......................................... 223 Second ring location relative to bottom of groove .................................... 224 Oil ring location relative to bottom of groove ........................................... 224 Blow-by mechanisms, (a) ring floating, (b) ring collapse and (0) through end gap ................................................................................... 226 In-cylinder pressure traces for Engine 1 engine at 3000 RPM ................. 227 In-cylinder pressure traces for Engine 1 and Engine 2 engines at 3000 RPM WOT ................................................................................................ 228 Measured blow-by (average per cylinder) ................................................. 229 Predicted and measured blow-by at WOT ................................................ 231 XX Figure 7.17: Figure 7.18: Figure 7.19: Figure 7.20: Figure 7.21: Figure 7.22: Figure 7.23: Figure 8.1: Figure 8.2: Figure 8.3: Figure 8.4: Figure 8.5: Figure 8.6: Figure 8.7: Figure 8.8: Figure 8.9: Figure 8.10: Figure 8.11: Figure 8.12: Figure 8.13: Figure 8.14: Figure 8.15: Predicted blow-by for the four cylinders of Engine 1 using Leakage 2.... 232 Predicted blow-by for the four cylinders of Engine 1 using Leakage 2.... 233 Predicted blow-by, Engine 1, Cylinder 1, Leakage 1 ................................ 234 Predicted blow-by, Engine 1, Cylinder 1, Leakage 3 ................................ 235 Predicted blow-by, Engine 2, Cylinder l, Leakage 2 ................................ 236 Predicted ring location, Cylinder 1, Leakage 2, Load WOT, 6500 RPM (a) Engine 1 and (b) Engine 2 ................................................................... 238 Predicted ring location, Cylinder 1, Ifiakage 2, Load 25P, 6500 RPM (3) Engine 1 and (b) Engine 2 ................................................................... 239 Axial cross-section of ring-pack ............................................................... 242 Typical groove and land volumes at (a) end of compression stroke (b) beginning of expansion stroke ............................................................. 243 Planar frame element ................................................................................. 244 Space frame element ................................................................................. 246 Principal axis (y-z) rotation, viewed from the positive x-direction .......... 249 Beam element ............................................................................................ 251 Ring in its global coordinate system (viewed from the negative Y-direction) ............................................................................................... 253 Radial-tangential coordinate system ......................................................... 254 Ring end gap .............................................................................................. 255 Flow area created due to non-conforming nodes ...................................... 255 Bore deformation ....................................................................................... 256 Gap location .............................................................................................. 257 Nodal clearances and displacements ......................................................... 258 Radial displacements prediction due to a distributive load with different penalty numbers ........................................................................................ 263 Ring fitted to distorted bore with different penalty numbers .................... 263 xxi Figure 8.16: Figure 8.17: Figure 8.18: Figure 8.19: Figure 8.20: Figure 8.21: Figure 8.22: Figure 8.23: Figure 8.24: Figure 8.25: Figure 8.26: Figure 8.27: Figure 8.28: Figure 8.29: Figure 8.30: Figure 8.31: Figure 8.32: Figure 8.33: Figure 8.34: Figure 8.35: Figure 8.36: Figure 8.37: Figure 8.38: Figure 8.39: Figure 8.40: Half ring subjected to uniform distributive load ....................................... 264 Comparing analytical with finite element model results ........................... 265 Effect of number of nodes on (a) number of iterations (b) on the normalized gas flow area and end gap clearance ...................................... 267 Ring groove pressure ................................................................................. 269 Cylinder bore distortion ............................................................................ 270 Ring-bore conformability - top ring ......................................................... 271 End gap clearance — top ring ..................................................................... 272 Flow area — top ring .................................................................................. 272 Non-conforming node — top ring ............................................................... 273 Ring-bore conformability — second ring ................................................... 274 Ring twist — second ring ............................................................................ 275 End gap clearance — second ring ............................................................... 275 Flow area — second ring ............................................................................ 276 Non-conforming nodes — second ring ....................................................... 276 Ring-bore conformability - oil ring segment ............................................ 277 End gap clearance — Oil ring segment ........................................................ 278 Flow area - oil ring segment ..................................................................... 278 Non-conforming nodes - Oil ring segment ................................................ 279 Groove coordinate system ......................................................................... 280 Ring-bore conformability — constrained second ring ................................ 283 Ring twist — constrained second ring ........................................................ 284 End gap clearance — second ring ............................................................... 284 Flow area - second ring ............................................................................ 285 Non-conforming nodes — second ring ....................................................... 285 Loads on ring at one cross-section ............................................................ 287 xxii do a] a2 a3 a4 acm,x “cm, y Aflow ARMS KEY TO SYMBOLS profile height at the top of the skirt profile height at the bottom of the skirt location along the skirt length where the skirt profile height is at maximum skirt profile maximum height first derivative of the profile at the top of the skirt. acceleration of connecting rod center of mass in X—direction acceleration of connecting rod center of mass in Y-direction gas flow area rrns acceleration objective function piston axial acceleration tuning constant nominal piston-to-cylinder bore clearance crown height piston diameter infinitesimal skirt area cylinder diameter ring inside diameter piston skirt nominal diameter ring outside diameter wrist-pin diameter xxiii piston diameter in the thrust axis piston diameter in the wrist-pin axis modulus of elasticity composite modulus of elasticity piston modulus of elasticity cylinder bore modulus of elasticity eccentricity at the bottom of the piston ring end gap clearance eccentricity at the center of gravity eccentricity at the bottom of the second land eccentricity at the top of the second land eccentricity at the wrist-pin axis eccentricity at the bottom of the skirt eccentricity at the top of the skirt eccentricity at the top of the piston eccentricity along the wrist-pin load vector normal contact force contact force Xp-direction contact force Zp-direction total friction force on the skirt contact friction xxiv Fipx Fipy Fipz Firx Fiwx Fiwy Fmpx mpy Fmrx mex mey hydrodynamic shear wrist-pin friction friction force in the Yp-direction combustion gas force combustion gas force in the Yp-direction hydrodynamic forces in Xp-direction hydrodynamic forces in Zp-direction piston inertia in the Xp-direction piston inertia in the Yp-direction ' piston inertia in the Zp-direction connecting rod inertia in the Xp-direction connecting rod inertia in the Yp-direction wrist-pin inertia in the Xp-direction wrist-pin inertia in the Yp-direction local load vector piston weight component in the Xp-direction piston weight component in the Yp-direction . connecting rod weight component in the Xp-direction connecting rod weight component in the Yp-direction wrist-pin weight component in the Xp-direction wrist-pin weight component in the Yp-direction XXV crankshaft reaction force reaction at the piston-wrist-pin interface in the Xp-direction reaction at the piston-wrist-pin interface in the Yp-direction radial reaction force reaction at the wrist-pin-connecting rod interface in the Xp-direction reaction at the wrist-pin-connecting rod interface in the Yp-direction force due to ring tension total force in the Xp-direction total force in the Zp-direction geometric constraint oil film thickness skirt material hardness squeeze film velocity channel height oil film thickness due to the elastohydrodynamic effects leakage channel height normalized Oil film thickness second moment Of inertia Of the piston about the Zp-axis second moment of inertia of the connecting rod about the Zp-axis pressure iteration step global stiffness matrix local stiffness matrix xxvi "b "d ”Ul P0 skirt wear coefficient element length skirt length direction cosine piston inertia moment direction cosine piston mass connecting rod mass connecting rod inertia moment total moment about the wrist-pin wrist-pin mass matrix of shape functions number of nodes engine speed in revolutions per minute number of regression coefficients number of data values direction cosines ring groove index pressure on the boundary distributive load combustion gas pressure hydrodynamic pressure xxvii (IL r1 r2 R2 ’3 global displacement vector local displacement vector radial displacement ring radius piston radius adjusted coefficient of determination crankshaft radius length of the connecting rod coefficient of determination wrist-pin position from the crankshaft axis roughness average value distance moved by the skirt transformation matrix high Oil temperature low oil temperature transformation matrix transformation matrix oil temperature reference Oil temperature transformation matrix deformation component in the Xp-direction deformation components in the Zp-direction xxviii ‘<| Yeg pr volume of material removed piston axial velocity ring width friction work constraint Xp-coordinate of the piston’s center of mass cylinder local coordinate system Xo-coordinate for the crank offset global coordinate system wrist- pin local coordinate system piston local coordinate system skirt 2-D coordinate system Xp-coordinate Of the wrist-pin offset set of data arithmetic mean of y Yp-coordinate of piston’s center of mass piston axial position Yp-coordinate of the wrist-pin xxix Greek symbols (1 ”'thh ":3 pi coefficient of thermal expansion constant in double ellipse equation connecting rod angular acceleration piston tilt constant in double ellipse equation ring twist boundary region cylinder bank angle piston ovality cylinder bore deformation skirt profile height skirt deformation time step piston ovality residual error asperity density on the skirt scaling factor crankshaft angle piston angular coordinate piston mass to diameter ratio penalty number leakage coefficient XXX #1, #2 ”f .11 ref vl v2 q. 01 Oil dynamic viscosity Oil viscosity at T] oil viscosity at T2 coefficient of friction between the piston skirt and the cylinder liner Oil viscosity at Tref wrist-pin friction coefficient piston Poisson ratio cylinder bore Poisson ratio asperity radius of curvature on the Skirt potential energy distance from the connecting rod big end to its center of mass composite standard deviation of asperity height distribution standard deviation Of the error standard deviation of asperity height distribution on the surface 1 standard deviation Of asperity height distribution on the surface 2 connecting rod angle switch function descent (merit) function engine angular speed connecting rod angular speed underrelaxation factor xxxi Abbreviations ABDC ATDC BBDC BDC BTDC CAD CAE FEM HC LHD NURBS PIFEAD RMS WOT after bottom dead center after top dead center before bottom dead center bottom dead center before top dead center computer aided design computer aided engineering finite differences method finite element method hydrocarbon Latin Hypercube Design non-uniform rational basis splines Piston Finite Element and Dynamics root mean square top dead center wide open throttle xxxii INTRODUCTION This past year with its economic crisis has been an awakening to the automotive industry worldwide. It was clearly understood that the old school “muscle engine” was being put aside and the smaller, more fuel-efficient and environmentally friendly engine was stealing consumers’ hearts. The trend started a while back, especially in Europe and Asia, but this year only reinforced it and made this new breed of engines more desirable even in the North American markets. The key to the success of every manufacturer being able to understand and adjust to the current consumer demands. For this to happen, the people who drive these manufacturers have to understand the trends. The author of this dissertation was faced with a similar challenge, adjusting from the search of sheer power to the search of a greener future: “The internal combustion engine always fascinated me, since a young boy watching the Formula I cars circling the track. In the search to understand better the technologies that caused this fascination and with the intention of one day contributing to it, I embarked on my engineering journey. And what better place to enhance the understanding of the internal combustion engine than the front where chemistry meets mechanics, the heart of the engine, the piston and piston rings. A famous Greek poet, Kavafis, once wrote ‘it is the journey that counts, not the destination.’ And indeed all the experiences along this dissertation journey have influenced my thinking. I came in searching for sheer power for the racetrack and I am going out looking to utilize my expertise in improving engine efficiency and life and ultimately contribute to a greener future.” In recent years there has been an increased awareness of the future of the planet. In response to this, governments across the globe are introducing more stringent emission standards. At the same time, a concern for the quantity of oil reserves fuels the search for higher efficiencies. This search for fuel efficiency is also driven by the most important factor in the lifecycle of the internal combustion engine, the consumer. Since 2008 when gas prices rose beyond four dollars a gallon, there has been a big jump in demand for more fuel-efficient engines. The manufacturers who could deliver prospered whereas the ones who could not suffered. AS mentioned earlier, the key to every manufacturer’s success is to understand and adjust to the consumer demands. What are the demands nowadays though? Low cost, high fuel efficiency, long trouble-free life, low emissions and comfort at operation, that is low noise and vibration. In order tO meet all of these demands, a vast amount of design and testing is needed. This is where the numerical models for the assessment of cylinder- kit performance and more generally of the whole engine apply. Such models greatly reduce the amount of time from conception to launch of a new product. They reduce the number of expensive prototypes required to complete a design, they allow for multiple design iterations to be tested in virtual space. As a result, a better final product design that can meet all consumer demands can be achieved in less time, thus making it cheaper. After all, it is cheaper to move electrons than atoms. CHAPTER 1. NUMERICAL MODELS FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF CYLINDER-KIT PERFORMANCE 1.1 Motivation In today’s automotive market, the ability of a manufacturer to develop a powerful, fuel-efficient, low emission, quiet and durable internal combustion dictates its ability to survive in the years to come. The prime “navigators” in the search of these qualities are computational tools. Such tools allow for a fast and relatively cheap course for a prototype design, but they can also be utilized for troubleshooting and optimization of existing designs. The internal combustion engine as it is known today has been around since 1876 when Nikolaus Otto, Gottlieb Daimler and Wilhelm Maybach developed the first practical four-stroke internal combustion engine. Despite the fact that nowadays alternatives are being sought, and implemented, to the internal combustion engine, it does not cease to be the prime mover in automobiles and heavy duty machinery. As long as there is Oil to be pumped out of the earth, the internal combustion engine will exist. This necessitates continuous efforts in investigating the physics of this machine. The internal combustion engine is a cyclic machine. Its cyclic behavior represents an unsteady complex system with multiple physical processes occurring simultaneously. The system then is a multidisciplinary one which can be described by combustion, thermodynamics, heat transfer, solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, dynamics, and tribology. The “heart” of a reciprocating internal combustion engine is the cylinder-kit. It is comprised of the piston, the piston rings, the cylinder bore and the cylinder head. The cylinder bore and cylinder head are stationary, whereas the piston and piston rings reciprocate allowing for the formation of the combustion chamber with a varying volume. The function of the piston is to convert the thermal energy of the combustion gases into the mechanical energy that drives the engine. The piston rings are responsible for sealing the combustion chamber, that is, preventing any gases escaping into the crankcase. They achieve this by sliding over the cylinder bore which acts as a guide for this reciprocating motion. It is generally believed that about half of the mechanical energy losses in an engine occur at the piston assembly [60]. Emissions are also greatly affected by the sealing ability Of the piston rings. Therefore piston and piston ring design is a very important factor in engine performance. The focus Of this dissertation will be on the piston, the piston rings and the cylinder bore and their interactions. 1.2 Objectives The main Objective of this work was to develop a piston dynamics numerical model that would utilize the meshed geometry of a piston CAD model and also incorporate advanced numerical techniques in the model. A pre-existing model [7] that used parameterized piston geometry and a methodology of different modes of contact to evaluate piston dynamics proved to have limited capabilities in modeling modern engines and was being phased out. During the development process Of this new model, the necessity to consider motion along the wrist-pin was identified and implemented. This 4 new model has been used in numerous modeling efforts as it is described further on in this dissertation. Also, along the way, an Opportunity to develop an optimization methodology tailored to the piston skirt profile optimization problem was identified and pursued. This methodology complements the piston dynamics numerical model and has been proven to be robust and easy to implement. Finally, in the last stages, effort was made to understand piston ring dynamics by utilizing a commercial ring dynamics numerical model. This led to the identification of potential limitations in conventional models and the commencement Of a new advanced 3-D ring dynamics model. 1.3 Previous Efforts Mathematical models for the assessment of cylinder-kit performance have been around since the inception of the internal combustion engine. These models started becoming more and more complex by simultaneously accounting for multiple phenomena, with the evolution of computers. They are utilized and independently developed both in academia and in industry. In the recent years, facing all the demands for the optimal engine, special attention is paid to these models. 1.3.1 Piston Dynamics Over the years several numerical models and computational tools have been developed in an attempt to model piston behavior and estimate its performance and its impact on the efficiency of the internal combustion engine. In the area of thermal modeling Annand [2] and Woschni [75] pioneered in proposing correlations to calculate the heat transfer coefficient of the combustion gases above the piston crown. Woschni [76] continued to evaluate heat transfer coefficients for a high-speed diesel engine piston. He proposed ranges for heat transfer coefficients describing the different surfaces of the piston. Wu et a1. [79] modified Annand’s correlation to include radiation effects, and they developed a numerical model for the calculation of the piston’s temperature distribution. Li [32] considered the piston’s thermoelastic behavior. He assumed that temperature fluctuations during a cycle affect a piston layer only about 2 mm thick. Beyond this layer the temperature is steady, given enough operating time for the engine. Consequently he treated the piston’s thermoelastic behavior as a steady state problem. He used experimental temperature measurements to propose a range of heat transfer coefficients for an aluminum gasoline piston. Li et a1. [34] developed an automotive piston lubrication model to study the effects of piston pin location, piston-to-cylinder clearances and lubricant viscosities on piston dynamics and friction. They solved for the particular solutions of the Reynolds equation using. finite differences, and used the Newton—Raphson method to solve for the nonlinear equations of motion for the piston. In their model they assumed a rigid piston. Li [33] considered the elastic deformation of the piston skirt; integrating this with hydrodynamic lubrication has formed the elastohydrodynamic lubrication analysis which is considered by most of the recent efforts [9, 10, 11, 17, 29, 30, 41, 42, 47, 55, 74, 81, 82]. All these have contributed to understanding the elastic deformation of the piston using the finite element method. Oh et al. [47] used the finite element method to solve for the Reynolds equation; however they linearized it, thus solving for a set Of linear equations. The other efforts used finite differences to solve for the Reynolds equation. This method, however, requires mapping of nodal information back and forth from the finite element mesh to the finite difference grid. This can result in the loss of crucial numerical information, especially where sharp gradients exist between two nodes. Zhu et al. [81, 82] were the first to consider the elastic deformation of the cylinder bore. They also used the average Reynolds equation developed by Patir and Cheng [54] which accounts for the effect of surface texture on hydrodynamic lubrication. They proposed flow coefficients for the average Reynolds equation that account for the skirt waviness if any. They also solved for the solid-tO-solid contact using the Johnson (1985) model for a blunt wedge against a plane. In more recent years Duyar et al. [11] used the mass— conserving Reynolds equation to solve for the hydrodynamic pressure using finite volumes. They predicted lower hydrodynamic pressures compared to the finite difference solution of the Reynolds equation. This allowed for higher transverse motion of the piston and consequently higher contact forces. Chui [7] continued the modeling efforts on an existing numerical model to implement the elastohydrodynamic analysis of the piston skirt. He used oil film thickness measurements from an Optical engine to validate his efforts, and he concluded that in-cylinder gas pressure and engine load play significant and independent roles in determining piston secondary motion. McClure [41, 42] developed a numerical model to investigate component friction under both dry and lubricated conditions. She concluded that the dry model can be used as a fast tool for investigating the influence Of system parameters on piston dynamics, as it is computationally less expensive. All these models, though, employed a common assumption. Piston motion along the wrist-pin was considered negligible, compared to the oscillating motion of the piston in the thrust plane. Consequently the motion along the wrist-pin was ignored. This allowed for the modeling of a half-piston in some of the above models. This assumption in turn led to another assumption; the pressures developed on the skirt surface were symmetric. Consequently a symmetry boundary condition was imposed in the solution of the Reynolds equation. However, this is not the case, especially when bore deformation is considered, which is usually circumferentially asymmetric. Furthermore, assuming no motion along the wrist-pin allows for the incorrect prediction of the location of possible solid-to-solid contact. Thus skirt wear is not accurately captured. Also, the interaction of the piston lands with the cylinder bore was not investigated. Although piston land- cylinder bOre interaction is not desirable and piston design engineers try to inhibit it, it does occur under actual operating conditions. These observations imply the need for a new improved computational model for piston dynamics. Panayi et al. [49, 51] compared the behavior of the parameterized piston used by CASE, a comprehensive cylinder-kit simulation software used to predict piston and ring- pack dynamics, to the behavior of the corresponding CAD piston model under different loading conditions. The two showed very good agreement under both thermal and mechanical loading. However, they demonstrated quantitative disagreement when the deformation due to thermal loading was considered. This led Panayi in search of a computational tool that would consider the real piston model. The Piston Finite Element Analysis code was developed [50]. This model is a computational tool that uses an externally supplied mesh of a CAD piston model to perform a finite element analysis over a full four-stroke cycle. It estimates the piston’s temperature distribution, deformation, strains, and stresses. The need, posed above, for an improved computational model for piston dynamics led to further developments, yielding the Piston Finite Element Analysis and Dynamics model. This model is a marriage of the methods used in the previous piston modeling efforts and the finite element analysis developed in [50], as well as some of the methods used in bearing dynamic analyses [46]. The model considers translation along the wrist pin as well as second land interactions with the cylinder bore. 1.3.2 Skirt Profile Optimization The relation between skirt profile and piston performance involves complex, non- linear behavior. Over the years several attempts have been made in the development of piston performance simulation software [29, 41, 53, 74, 81, 82]. These works consider the effects of the skirt profile but treat profile height as prescribed input, usually as 2-D coordinates along the skirt length, and then interpolated over a mapped 2-D skirt domain. These 2-D coordinates are the industry standard in describing skirt profiles on piston CAD drawings. The models are quite effective in analyzing piston performance, but they are complex, computationally intensive, and available to practicing engineers primarily as black-box software packages. A set of coordinates describing the skirt profile typically consists Of twenty points. The Optimization of such a set would be very expensive and 9 require highly complex constraints to ensure a barrel-shaped skirt profile. To overcome this obstacle, the 2-D coordinates can be very accurately interpolated with a quartic polynomial. Consequently, the shape of the skirt profile can be defined by five design variables and a geometric constraint can be imposed to ensure the optimization yields a barrel-Shaped profile. This makes the optimization far more attractive. The random selection of design variables by standard space-filling techniques, however, would yield some non-barrel-shaped profiles and make the implementation of such techniques troublesome. Tsujiuchi et al. [67] presented the optimization of the piston skirt profile for a generator engine. They showed that an optimized profile (defined by a quartic polynomial) is effective in reducing piston slap. Since piston performance simulations are performed using black-box software packages, the Optimization of skirt profiles needs to be performed on surrogate models. One attractive method for surrogate modeling is the Response Surface Methodology (RSM) where response surfaces are fitted to data collected from the expensive black-box simulations. In turn these surfaces are used for the optimization. This method has been widely used in research. Jones et al. [28] developed an efficient global optimization for black-box functions aiming to model the response of nonlinear functions that typically occur in engineering. Li et al. [35] presented a new approach for the surrogate modeling of multi-response deterministic simulations. These surrogates are built by utilizing the correlation of different responses. This makes them mutually dependent and thus improving the accuracy of the surrogate itself. Both of these efforts used the Kriging model (Sacks et al. [63]) to approximate the responses. Papila and Haftka [52] explored the modeling errors associated with polynomial response surfaces. They demonstrated 10 that higher-order (cubic) models help reduce noise in the data as well as increase the accuracy of the Optimization process. The two competing response surfaces are the Kriging and polynomial models. It is believed that a Kriging model is more accurate for nonlinear problems and typically requires fewer function evaluations than a traditional second order polynomial response surface. However, it is far more complex to implement, as its parameters are estimated so that they maximize the likelihood of the sample. On the other hand, a polynomial model is easy to construct and use. The interested reader is referred to Simpson et al. [64] and Wang and Shan [72] for a thorough review of surrogate modeling techniques. An important area of research focuses on methods that iteratively improve the accuracy of RSM. Wujek and Renaud [80] presented a review of such methods and proposed an adaptive strategy for the adjustment of design variable limits. Wang et al. [71, 70] developed an Adaptive Response Surface Method (ARSM) utilizing LHD. ARSM progressively reduces the design space by finding new bounds for each design variable, inheriting the last optimum, and generating new LHD points to make up for the ones that fall outside the reduced design space. This method, though, requires the solution of two subsidiary optimization problems for each design variable, with nonlinear objective functions at each reduction step. Wang also incorporated a search algorithm to place the new LHD points at the underrepresented regions of the design space. The findings from these efforts are utilized to develop the pseudo-Adaptive Response Surface Method which is presented in Chapter 6. ll 1.3.3 Ring Dynamics Alongside the piston dynamics numerical models, there has been parallel development of ring dynamics models. These models couple the gas dynamics of the combustion gases with the ring motion in an effort to assess the performance of the ring- pack [1, 7, 12, 13, 14, 37, 38, 39, 40, 61, 66]. All these have contributed to better understanding the ring dynamics. Richardson [61] made a comparison between measured and calculated interring gas pressures for a diesel engine using two different ring-pack configurations. The comparison showed good agreement between measured and predicted results. The numerical model helped explain the differences in measurements Observed for the two ring packs. These were due to significant differences in ring motion. Ejakov et al. [13] used a ring dynamics model to generate blow-by maps and compared them to measured ones. The results showed good correlation. In their study they found that blow-by is greatly affected by top ring design and motion. They also concluded that ring-pack performance depends on the ring parameters such as mass and tension. Also, they found that cylinder bore-to-stroke ratio affects ring-pack performance as it influences ring-pack inertia. Ejakov [14] continued to develop an existing ring dynamics model. He developed the first model to consider ring twist calculated via finite element methods. For his model he considered only a half ring and used that to generate gas flow area maps by applying a range of loads and moments on the ring. These flow area maps would be used to perform the two-dimensional gas flow calculations. He found that ring twist is an important parameter affecting ring-pack performance and necessitates a three-dimensional analysis of the ring motion. He also developed an optimization technique for the ring-pack design. 12 It was used to Show that optimizing ring geometry can lead to significant decrease in blow-by. Liu et al. [37, 38, 39, 40] developed a static finite element model to facilitate ring design. The model can be used to fit an uncompressed ring into the cylinder bore and predict the induced twist due to the radial loads. The model accounts for half the ring assuming axisymmetric conditions about the cylinder bore axis. He then went on to develop a three-dimensional model for ring and gas dynamics by coupling the dynamics along the ring circumference. It was used to model a heavy—duty diesel engine and showed significant variations along the ring-pack circumference in both interring gas pressure and ring motion predictions. Following the observations from these researchers and recognizing from experience that asymmetric cylinder bore deformations can have great impacts on the cylinder-kit performance, it was deemed appropriate to develop a new advanced 3-D ring dynamics model. The finite element developments for this model are presented here. The model accounts for the whole ring in order to capture all the variations along the ring circumference. 1.4 Structure of the Dissertation The rest of this dissertation is organized as follows. An overview of the cylinder- kit and its components is included in Chapter 2. In Chapter 3, the theory behind the piston dynamics numerical model is described. The present approximations in literature for the Greenwood-Tripp asperity contact model are reviewed and a new one is proposed in Chapter 4. In Chapter 5, the piston dynamics numerical model is employed to assess the 13 performance of different gasoline and diesel pistons. Some of the predicted results are compared and correlated with test results. In Chapter 6, an optimization algorithm tailored for piston skirt profiles is presented. An example for the optimization of a gasoline piston Skirt profile is also shown. In Chapter 7, the predicted ring-pack pressures and blow-by for three gasoline engines are discussed, and numerical results are correlated with measurements. An introduction to the finite element model for development of an advanced 3-D ring dynamics model is presented in Chapter 8. The dissertation is concluded in Chapter 9 where limitations of the models are identified, experiences are shared and some recommendations are made. 14 CHAPTER 2. THE CYLINDER-KIT 2.1 Introduction The internal combustion engine converts the thermal energy of combustion into mechanical energy. This conversion occurs at the cylinder-kit. The cylinder-kit is comprised of the piston, piston rings, cylinder liner, and cylinder head. The cylinder liner and cylinder head are stationary, whereas the piston and piston rings are movable. The piston converts the thermal energy of combustion into reciprocating motion, which is transferred via the wrist-pin to the connecting rod and finally to the crankshaft where it is converted and output as rotational motion. The reciprocating motion of the piston allows for the formation of the combustion chamber with a varying volume. The piston rings are responsible for sealing the combustion chamber, that is, preventing any gases escaping into the crankcase. They are situated in the ring grooves below the piston crown and create a seal by sliding over the cylinder bore, which acts as a guide for this reciprocating motion. In this chapter the main components of the cylinder-kit that are of relevance to this dissertation, the piston and piston rings, will be described. The interested reader may refer to [22] for an in-depth description of the other components. Figure 2.1 shows a schematic of a V-8 pushrod engine with its main components (Table 2.1). The cylinder head shown in this schematic is simplified. It houses the valves, intake and exhaust ports, the camshafts for overhead camshaft engines, and the spark plugs for gasoline engines. 15 Figure 2.1: Cross-section of a V-8 engine Table 2.1: Engine components in Figure 2.1 No. Component '-‘\OOO\IO\UI-I>UJN— Piston Ring-pack Wrist-pin Cylinder liner Combustion chamber Connecting rod Crankshaft Crankshaft bearing Cylinder head Water jacket l6 The four-stroke internal combustion, on which this dissertation is focused, is the most widely used type of engine in automobiles, heavy-duty machinery and small scale power generation. As the name implies, the four-stroke engine requires four strokes per cycle and one cycle consists of two complete crank revolutions. Figure 2.2 shows the four strokes schematically for a gasoline engine. The piston starts at the top dead center (TDC) during the intake stroke and moves downwards while the intake valve opens to allow air-fuel mixture to flow in the combustion chamber. When the piston reaches the bottom dead center (BDC) the motion is reversed and it starts moving upwards. The intake valve is already closed; thus the compression begins. The next stroke is known as the expansion or power stroke. The air-fuel mixture is ignited by the spark-plug and the useful work is delivered pushing the piston down. The final stroke is the exhaust where the exhaust valve Opens and the exhaust gases are pushed out by the piston. In the case of a diesel engine, the spark plug is not necessary as the air-fuel mixture self-ignites. Also, the fuel is injected directly into the combustion chamber, something that is being adopted in modern gasoline engines as well in an effort to control emissions better and limit cylinder-to-cylinder variability. The convention in this dissertation is that a cycle begins at 0 cad (crank angle degrees) and ends at 720 cad. Each cycle is subdivided as follows: 0 0 — 180 cad intake stroke 0 180 — 360 cad compression stroke 0 360 - 540 cad expansion stroke 0 540 - 720 cad exhaust stroke 17 Intake Compression Expansion Exhaust Figure 2.2: The four strokes in a gasoline engine — intake, compression, expansion and exhaust 2.2 The Piston The piston assembly, even after more than a century Of revisited designs, is far from being ideal. While the piston undergoes the reciprocating motion it loses energy by several modes (Figure 2.3) such as inertia losses due to the piston mass, noise due to Slapping on the cylinder liner, heat transfer through the ring-pack and the skirt to the cylinder liner, hydrodynamic Shear and scuffing at the skirt-cylinder liner interface, and bearing friction at the wrist—pin, connecting rod and crankshaft interfaces. It is generally believed that about half of the mechanical energy losses in an engine occur at the piston assembly [60]. Consequently, assessment and control of these losses requires careful piston design and investigations on piston dynamics in order to understand how piston geometry and material properties affects them. Figure 2.4 and Table 2.2 show and name respectively the different piston features. The piston external surfaces are comprised of the crown, the ring-pack, the skirt, the under-crown area and the wrist-pin bore. The basic function and design considerations 18 are described in the following sections. The interested reader is referred to [27] for a description Of piston features. Inertia Norse Hydrodynamic shear and scuffing Heat dissipatior Beanng friction 16 1 2 Figure 2.4: Piston features, light-duty diesel piston 19 Table 2.2: Piston features in Figure 2.4 2 9 Feature Crown Bowl Bowl lip Top land 2nd and 3rd ring lands Compression ring grooves Oil ring groove Pin retainer groove Pin-boss Under-crown surface Skirt Skirt tail Wrist-pin bore diameter Lower Skirt length Skirt length Piston height Compression height \OOONOUIAUJN— y—n—It—hu—ah—I—IO—Ii—I \IOUIAOJN—‘O 2.2.1 Piston Design In order to design a new piston, several steps have to be followed by the design engineer. The first step is to collect some key engine design characteristics and operating conditions. These are: Cylinder bore diameter Engine stroke Cylinder bore height Maximum in-cylinder pressure Maximum combustion temperature Maximum engine speed Pin design, fixed or floating Piston dome or dish/bowl size to achieve desired compression ratio Connecting rod length Connecting rod small end width Desired top land width Piston ring widths 20 Once these parameters are obtained, the next step is to calculate the piston pin- boss inside spacing that will allow for minimum clearance with the small end of the connecting rod. Then the wrist-pin outside and inside diameters and length are calculated based on expected loading. The wrist-pin length then dictates the pin-boss outside dimension. The connecting rod small end outside diameter and piston under-crown boundary can then be established based on the wrist-pin outside diameter. Then the second and third land widths are calculated based on the maximum combustion temperature and in-cylinder pressure. With all these known dimensions, the wrist-pin outside diameter and the ring and land widths, and the piston compression height can be calculated. By considering the maximum combustion temperature and in-cylinder pressure, the minimum crown thickness can then be calculated. Next the pin-boss lower area is designed to withstand the inertia forces based on the approximate weight of the piston and wrist-pin. The next step in the piston design process uses numerical models such the one described in this dissertation. Once engineers have established all the key dimensions of the piston, piston dynamics CAE tools are employed to determine the wrist-pin offset, skirt length, skirt profile, skirt ovality and ring land profiles. The optimal design of these features will ensure the optimal performance of the piston. The final step in the piston design process is to employ cylinder head CAE tools to determine whether any valve pockets are required on the top of the crown. This is beyond the scope of this dissertation and will not be explored further. 21 2.2.2 Piston Mass The inertia of the piston is one Of the main modes of energy losses at the piston assembly. The objective in every piston design is to minimize the mass in order to keep inertia losses at a minimum. The piston compression height has the most influence on piston mass. The minimization of mass can be achieved with careful design iterations and the utilization of CAE tools to get the optimal dimensions for the piston features. Also newer, higher-strength aluminum alloys allow for the reduction of mass. A ratio, K, similar to density in units, is used to compare different piston designs based on mass, x=—p (2.1) where mp is the piston mass and D is the piston diameter. Over the years this ratio has been decreasing. Table 2.3 shows these trends. By modern pistons, it implies designs that use high-strength aluminum alloys or use design techniques for uneven thrust sides. Table 2.3: Piston mass to diameter ratios Piston x (g/cm3) Conventional ~ 0.55 — 0.65 Modern ~ 0.50 Target ~ 0.40 — 0.45 22 2.2.3 Piston Crown The piston crown forms the combustion chamber geometry together with the cylinder liner and cylinder head. It is the only piston surface that comes in direct conduct with the combustion gases. Temperatures at the crown can range between 260 0C to 350 0C in gasoline engines. In diesel engines the crown temperatures can be even higher as combustion temperatures are higher. The thickness of the crown depends on the in—cylinder peak pressures, and the shape depends on the required compression ratio. The domes are usually employed in gasoline engines to increase compression ratio. However, they increase weight. The bowls/dishes are employed to reduce weight and also enhance mixing of the fuel in direct-injection engines. Traditionally they are used on diesel pistons. These design characteristics of the crown, though, can have adverse effects in the operation Of the ring- pack. Domes or bowls/dishes increase the surface area exposed to the combustion gases and thus increase heat transfer to the piston and in turn to the ring—pack. 2.2.4 Top Land The key question to answer when designing the top land is how close the top ring can be placed to the crown so that temperatures will not have adverse effects on its operation. The desired position is as close to the crown as possible to minimize weight. Also, low ring placement relative to the crown is not desirable for emissions. The crevice between the top land and the cylinder bore (Figure 2.5) traps unbumt gases which are released in the exhaust gases thus increasing hydrocarbon (HC) emissions. 23 Crankcase S Figure 2.5: Top land crevice The typical height of the top land in a gasoline engine is about 6.5 — 8 % Of the piston diameter. There are some applications, especially in racing, with top lands as low as 3 mm. However, they utilize reinforcement at the top groove, usually a steel insert. The land profile should also be designed carefully in order to account for the thermal expansion Of the top land and thus avoid contact with the cylinder liner during operation. Top land contact results in noise and cylinder liner polishing which decreases engine life. 2.2.5 Second and Third Lands The height of the second and third lands is as important as the height of the top land in reducing piston weight. The second and third lands have to be designed to withstand the load from the combustion gas pressure (Figure 2.6). The combustion gas 24 pressure acts on the top ring, which most of the time is seated on the second land. Therefore the second land has to be sufficiently thick to withstand the combustion pressure load which creates stresses at the root of the groove. The pressure above the second ring is lower; thus the third land can be thinner than the second land. The fillet radius at the groove root as shown in the magnification in Figure 2.6 is very important as it leads to significant stress reductions. A stress reduction means a thinner land; increasing the fillet radius from 0.2 — 0.4 mm to 0.4 — 0.6 mm yields the same stress reduction as increasing the land thickness from 3.5 mm to 4.0 mm. Combustion chamber PC vyvvqyy P2 Piston ,7; 1 PS 0 gt S SS >‘t Crankcase Q Figure 2.6: Second and third land loads 25 2.2.6 Piston Pin-boss The piston pin-boss is one of the most highly loaded areas of the piston as it is responsible for transmitting the loads from the piston to the wrist-pin. Over-designing the pin-boss will result in unnecessary increase in mass, under-designing it will reduce piston life. Therefore the pin-boss design requires finding the right balance between piston life and piston mass. 2.2.7 Wrist-pin The wrist-pin connects the piston to the connecting rod, and it is the intermediary component in the transmission of piston loads to the connecting rod. The wrist-pin can be of two types, a floating pin or fixed pin. In a floating pin design the wrist-pin is free to rotate. This rotation is caused by the interaction of moment friction at the wrist-pin piston interface. The bearing surface Of such a design is under heavy loading as the loads continuously change direction and also due to the renewal of the oil film which affects hydrodynamic pressures. The benefits of such a design are very good scuff resistance and low wear rates. In some applications the piston wrist-pin assembly is with interference and when the piston reaches Operating temperatures and expands thermally it floats. This technique is employed to reduce noise at cold starts. In a fixed pin design the wrist-pin is with interference fit at the connecting rod small end. This eliminates the need of a bushing at the connecting rod small end. With this design, though, all the oscillatory motion of the connecting rod is transferred at the pin-boss, which results in less favorable lubrication conditions. In such a case, other 26 techniques are employed to enhance lubrication. One way is to drill passages that will direct oil from the oil ring groove to the pin-boss. The choice of a wrist-pin design is purely driven by cost. A fixed pin design is the cheapest and the path of choice. However lubrication problems that result in scuffing at the pin-boss will require that one introduces oil passages on the piston or moves to a floating pin design. The piston compression height also affects the wrist-pin design. A low compression height will lead to higher temperatures at the pin-boss, which will require better lubrication conditions and thus a floating pin design. Also high compression ratio engines that experience high loads at the pin-boss bearing require floating pin designs. Finally, the desired engine life will dictate the wrist-pin design. In long life expectancy engines, greater than 150,000 miles, such as track engines, the floating pin design is used as it shows less wear. 2.2.8 Piston Skirt The piston skirt extends below the piston crown. It is comprised of the major and minor thrust sides, also sometimes referred to as thrust and anti—thrust sides. The major thrust Side is the one that experiences the highest loads during the expansion stroke because of the connecting rod orientation (Figure 2.7). The main function Of the skirt is to provide guidance for the piston during its reciprocating motion. The piston is fitted with some clearance to the cylinder bore to account for thermal expansion. Most pistons are made of aluminum alloys with cylinder liners of cast iron, except in heavy-duty diesel engines where one can find steel pistons. Aluminum alloys expand faster and more than cast iron so the design of the piston has to 27 account for these, hence the piston and cylinder bore are designed with a clearance. Of course nowadays some of the high end engines utilize cylinder blocks made from aluminum or magnesium alloys which allow for much tighter clearances. The transverse components of the combustion gas force and inertia arising due to connecting rod orientation result in tilting about the wrist-pin and transverse movement of the piston. These two motions constitute the piston secondary motion. This motion can greatly impair ring sealing and oil consumption. Also, the secondary motion is responsible for the piston noise which can make an engine uncomfortable to the end user. As the piston move and slaps on the cylinder liner it transfers energy to it which creates noise. Figure 2.7: Connecting rod reaction force components during expansion stroke 28 A well-designed skirt will provide optimal control over the piston secondary motion, thus ensuring good ring sealing and minimization of oil consumption and induced noise. Several parameters determine the effectiveness of the skirt in completing these tasks: Clearance Skirt length Skirt profile Piston ovality Skirt elasticity Expansion control Position of piston’s center of gravity relative to wrist-pin axis Wrist-pin offset Cylinder liner distortion In recent years, in the attempt to reduce piston weight, shorter and shorter skirts are being introduced. This necessitates very careful skirt design and skirt profile definition. The location of the wrist-pin axis relative to the skirt is an important factor dictating the loading on the skirt and the quality of the lubrication conditions. In order to achieve even loading of the skirt and development of optimum lubrication gap, it would require the wrist-pin axisto be located approximately at the middle of the skirt. This would minimize any moment imbalance about the wrist-pin due to hydrodynamic pressures. This, however, shifts the piston center of gravity away from the wrist-pin towards the crown and thus results in unfavorable tilting. In modern piston designs the wrist-pin axis is pushed as close to the crown as possible to minimize compression height and thus weight. This in turn necessitates extremely Short skirts to accommodate the wrist-pin axis approximately at the middle of the skirt and thus very careful design of the skirt. 29 Another function of the skirt is to transmit forces from the piston to the cylinder bore. These forces depend on combustion pressure, inertia, and moment arising from wrist-pin offset and wrist-pin friction. Also the skirt assists in the control of the piston temperature. It has a limited contribution in transmitting heat to the oil film, which in turn transmits the heat to the cylinder liner to end up in the cooling system. 2.2.9 Piston Skirt Design All the skirt functions described in Section 2.2.8 together with piston weight and elasticity depend on skirt design. A well-designed skirt will result in the optimal operation of the engine, low friction, low noise, low oil consumption, low emissions and ultimately long engine life. The skirt design can vary from full skirt, which can be found in some diesel applications where combustion pressures are very high, to the shaved skirts found in lighter duty applications. In gasoline engines the Skirt tends to be more flexible as it experiences lower loads. Also, the surfaces are recessed in the pin direction, where there is no bearing function. Another skirt design characteristic that has been introduced with the modern pistons driven by the difference in thrust Side loads is the asymmetric skirt design. This aids in the reduction of piston weight as well as friction at the skirt surface. In such a design the major thrust side is different from the minor thrust side accommodating the loads on each side. This is achieved by the major thrust side being wider than the minor 30 thrust Side, but more often the length and thickness for each side are adjusted according to the loading. In such a case the minor thrust side is shorter and thinner (Figure 2.8). Major Minor Figure 2.8: Asymmetric thrust sides 2.2.10 Piston Strength The piston experiences cyclic loading throughout its Operation due to combustion gas pressure, inertia, thermal expansion, and thrust side loadings. In order to fulfill its operation cycle after cycle it needs to be stiff in some areas but elastic in Others. Its shape and cross-sections must always be matched to the local loading so that the permissible stresses will not be exceeded. The design process of the skirt requires compromises to be made in regards to stiffness. On one hand the skirt has to be sufficiently stiff, that is achieved by thickness, to avoid large deformations or even fracture. On the other hand the skirt has to be sufficiently elastic to undergo deformations due to external loads from the cylinder liner. This will reduce scuffing and prolong the engine life. In general a more elastic Skirt requires less expansion control (Section 2.2.12) but it is more susceptible to permanent 31 deformation which will degrade its functions. During operation the top part of the minor thrust side is subjected to loading due to the tilting that arises from the wrist-pin offset (usually wrist-pin offset is towards the major thrust side) and the deflection of the lower part of the skirt on the major thrust side. It must be able to withstand the reversing stresses that occur between the compression, expansion and exhaust strokes as the loading moves from minor thrust side to major thrust side and back to minor. The length and strength of the lower part of Skirt, more significantly of the major thrust side, is responsible for maintaining the piston axis parallel to the cylinder bore axis. A poorly designed lower skirt part would fail to maintain the axes parallel at operating conditions and could result in land conduct with the cylinder bore which would be detrimental to the engine life. 2.2.11 Piston Deformation The cyclic loading the piston experiences results in a very complex deformation. The crown and skirt are connected, and thus their deformations are interrelated. In numerical modeling the piston deformation is Obtained by superimposing the thermal expansion, and the deformations due to combustion gas pressure, inertia and thrust side loading. The thermal expansion results in the diametral growth of the piston. This growth reduces moving down the Skirt as temperatures drop and usually material volume is less. This allows for the barrel shaped skirt profile. 32 The combustion pressure and inertia loading bend the crown around the wrist-pin, which pushes the skirt downwards. This causes an oval deformation as the diameter in the thrust direction decreases relative to the diameter in the wrist-pin direction. Over time the piston diameter in the thrust direction tends to reduce slightly. The piston tilt in this direction causes wear and in some cases plastic deformation, called skirt collapse. Skirt collapse can be caused by high mechanical or thermal loading or by unfavorable cylinder bore deformations. A well-designed skirt will minimize skirt collapse as it will lead to noise problems. 2.2.12 Thermal Expansion Control As most of the pistons are made Of aluminum alloys which expand much faster than the traditional cast iron cylinder liners, some effort is required in the design process to control the thermal expansion of the piston. One method is the use of bimetal pistons. The first successful commercial design was introduced in the 1920’s. These pistons usually have a steel (lower coefficient of thermal expansion than aluminum) ring or struts, inserted at the top of the skirt. This reduces the thermal deformation Of the skirt in the thrust direction and directs it to the. wrist-pin axis direction. In recent years better understanding of piston design and advances in manufacturing techniques, materials, casting, skirt shaping and bore distortion control allow the mono-metal pistons to achieve most of the functional benefits of the bi-metal pistons. 33 Also, the introduction of newer aluminum alloys has made the bi-metal pistons less favorable. High silicon, hyper-eutectic aluminum alloys have lower coefficients of thermal expansion which enhances expansion control. Pistons made from these alloys are lighter, and also cheaper as manufacturing is simpler than bi-metal pistons. Table 2.4 shows a comparison of the coefficients of thermal expansion for different types of aluminum alloys and steel. A strutted piston typically would have a coefficient of thermal expansion at around 14.0 um/um 0C. Table 2.4: Coefficients of thermal expansion for different materials Material a (um/um OC) Hypo-eutectic aluminum alloy 21.6 Hyper-eutectic aluminum alloy 19.0 Eutectic aluminum alloy 21.0 Steel 11.0 Strutted piston ~ 14.0 2.2.13 Skirt Lubrication and Friction The piston assembly is responsible for about 50% of the mechanical energy losses in an engine. The piston itself and more Specifically the skirt itself contributes about one third of these losses. The major thrust side is heavily pushed towards the cylinder liner wall close to TDC in the expansion stroke. In order to prevent scuffing, lubrication is required. Lubrication necessitates the existence of a gap between the cylinder liner and Skirt. The factors that have an important effect on this gap are the skirt profile barrel 34 shape, the design Of the skirt upper and lower edges, and the piston mobility about the wrist-pin. Lubrication does not eliminate friction. However, it minimizes it. The hydrodynamic pressures developed at the skirt-liner interface result in hydrodynamic shear Stresses. The magnitude of these shear stresses depends on the Oil viscosity which is temperature dependent, on the piston axial velocity, and on the gap or Oil film thickness. As the gap decreases, the shear stresses increase. The steps employed in the piston design process to reduce friction are the reduction of the skirt surface area, the design for adequate clearances at all operating conditions, the hydrodynamic optimization for the skirt profile and the design for minimum lateral forces. The lateral force can be kept at a rrrinimum by a small compression height and wrist-pin diameter and short skirt. In order to ensure good lubrication characteristics the skirt surface texture has to be carefully selected as well. A smooth skirt has limited oil retention capabilities, which can impair engine break-in and also lead to scuffing at critical lubrication conditions. A rough skirt, on the other hand, can lead to excessive abrasive wear. A roughness average, Ra, value of 0.8 to L4 pm is desirable on the skirt. Such a surface will possess good oil retention capabilities as well low abrasive wear rates. 2.2.14 Piston Profile The piston temperature distribution varies along the piston height. The temperature decreases moving away from the crown towards the lower skirt. This temperature difference at different levels necessitates the need for a piston profile to 35 account for the thermal expansion and maintain adequate clearances between the skirt and the cylinder liner at operating conditions. The initial profile is usually selected based on experience and then it is optimized using CAE tools such as the ones described in this dissertation. Figure 2.9 shows a schematic of how a typical piston profile looks at cold conditions and how it becomes at operating hot conditions. The clearances at all levels become tighter. Usually profiles are added to the top two lands and the skirt. The third land is usually smaller in diameter to maintain lower gas pressures below the second ring; thus, a profile is not needed. The land profiles are typically tapered. The high combustion pressures and temperatures and the large crown deformation require large clearances at the lands. On the other hand such large clearances increase ring loading and HC emissions, especially at cold conditions when the crevice volumes are large. Piston height A v \ \ \ / Figure 2.9: Cold and hot piston profiles / / In"IIll/IIIII/IWI/II/IWII/III”o l/l/l/l/l/I/Ir’rrr Profile height A v I]////////// [lunar-v [Ill/I/(III/W/IIIIIIIIIII/l ”I \ l COId s shot Assembly clearance I' 36 The skirt profile is usually a complex barrel shape. It is designed to aid the various skirt functions. It ensures good guidance by supplying the biggest bearing surface area without compromising scuff. Its curvature is increased at the top and bottom to encourage hydrodynamic lubrication. A properly designed profile allows for smaller clearances at both the Skirt and land levels. This results in less noise, limited scuff, improved oil consumption, lower blow-by and HC emissions and ultimately prolonged engine life. The different equations used to describe skirt profiles will be further discussed in Chapter 6. 2.2.15 Piston Ovality The loading conditions described in Section 2.2.11 and the volume of material found at the pin-boss necessitate the introduction of piston ovality. Piston ovality refers to the case where the piston diameter in the wrist-pin axis is smaller than the piston diameter in the thrust axis (Figure 2.10). Piston ovality ensures that once the piston has expanded thermally and has been loaded, it is almost cylindrical. The ovality is usually used only on the skirt. Ovality on the lands is only introduced in the event of contact. The most common equation to describe ovality is the double ellipse equation, which varies the diameter along the piston circumference, 50 =%[o:(1—c0326p)—,6(1—cos40p)] (2.2) 37 Figure 2.10: Piston ovality 2.3 The Ring-pack The ring-pack in modern internal combustion engines is usually comprised of two compression rings and an oil control ring. The ring-pack in conjunction with the piston lands and the cylinder bore act as a labyrinth of seals and orifices that control gas and oil flows. The combustion gases and oil share common paths, so leakage of gases to the crankcase should be minimum and existing oil should be directed back, to the crankcase. The primary functions of the ring-pack are: i. Blow-by control, that is, controlling the amount of combustion gas flowing from the combustion chamber to the crankcase. ii. Oil control, that is, distributing evenly the oil film on the cylinder bore walls and circulating oil through the ring-pack. Effective oil control leads to the minimization of oil losses due to evaporation and burning of leftover oil on the combustion chamber walls. 38 iii. Heat transfer; the ring-pack aids in the cooling of the piston. The piston crown is exposed to the combustion gases. The piston rings act as a path for the heat to flow from the piston to the cylinder wall and eventually to the cooling system, thus ensuring operation of the system at normal operating temperatures. The ring-pack design is driven by the search of reduced oil consumption, blow-by and exhaust emissions; higher power output, lower friction, decreased variability from cycle-to-cycle, prolonged engine life and reduced costs. In the effort to reduce friction and also piston weight, some applications utilize a two-ring ring-pack. The second compression ring is retired, eliminating its contribution to friction and allowing for a shorter crown to decrease piston weight. V \\ Combustion chamber Top \\ \ Top land compression San. (keystone) Top compression ,; , ring (rectangular) Three-piece Crankcase (a) (b) Figure 2.11: A typical ring-pack (a) diesel engine and (b) gasoline engine 39 Figure 2.11 shows the typical ring-pack configuration for diesel and gasoline engines. The rings are usually made of steel alloys, and different coatings are utilized at the face and sides to increase wear resistance. The diesel ring-pack. configuration employs a keystone-type top compression ring as well as a reinforced top groove (higher combustion gas pressures). In cases of turbocharged engines, the second compression ring can also be of keystone type. Diesel combustion results in higher deposits than gasoline combustion. The keystone ring is thus preferred in diesel engines as it is less likely to Stick to the piston since it promotes the break-up of deposits due to piston secondary motion. The top ring is usually designed to have a positive twist (front end lifted upwards) when fitted in the cylinder so that when loaded with combustion gas pressure it will have approximately zero twist. The second compression ring is designed with a tapered face in order to promote the scraping of oil from the cylinder wall during the downward stroke and distribute a thin layer during the upward strokes. The Napier ring design allows for a more natural path for the Oil flow than the standard tapered ring. It also creates extra volume in the third land region for oil accumulation. The oil control ring can either be a three-piece ring or a two-piece ring. In diesel engines the two-piece ring is preferred, again because it is less likely to stick to the groove due to deposit build-up. Piston rings are designed to exert a uniform radial pressure on the cylinder wall due to internal tension as well as due to gas pressure behind the ring. The oil control ring has the highest internal tension as the gas pressure in the third groove is very low, close 40 to the crankcase pressure. In order to achieve this high internal tension it utilizes a spring expander, hence the name two-piece or threefpiece. The following sections will describe the main functions and characteristics of the rings. The interested reader is referred to [24, 25, and 26] for a description of the different types of rings. 2.3.1 Top Compression Ring The top compression ring is responsible for sealing combustion gases in the combustion chamber and preventing them from escaping to the crankcase. The main path of gas flow is through the ring end gap. The end gap flow area is affected by the ring outside diameter, chamfers at the gap edge and land diameter. These clearances should be kept at minimum to reduce blow-by in both directions, from the combustion chamber to the crankcase and vice versa. During the intake stroke, especially at the beginning, the combination of ring inertia and pressure differentials between the second land and the combustion chamber forces the top ring to reside at the top of the groove. Close to the end of the intake stroke, the ring will start moving toward the bottom of the groove. This transition period will lead to loss of sealing, creating a leak path for gases and increasing blow-by. This requires the clearances to be kept as small as possible, as well as careful selection of ring inertia to maintain this transition period as short as possible. Some axial ring movement is necessary in order to ensure favorable lubrication conditions at the interface between the lower sides of the ring and groove to inhibit wear. 41 During the expansion stroke high pressures may build up at the second land volume. These high pressures may lift the top ring, especially at the end of the expansion stroke. This lift will allow for reverse blow-by, thus increasing HC emissions as unbumt gases trapped in the second land volume will flow into the exhaust gases. In order to avoid this problem, the ring-pack is designed so that it relieves this pressure in the third land. In doing so it also helps oil control, as the flowing gases to the third land transport with them oil which is ultimately returned to the crankcase. Another remedy to this problem is decreasing the second land diameter or introducing a groove at the second land. This increases the volume at the second land which leads to lower pressure build-up in that region. The decrease of the second land diameter is not usually preferred, as it will increase the flow areas at the end gaps of both the top and second ring. The face of the top ring is usually barrel-shaped in order to provide good sealing and oil distribution. It maintains better contact with the cylinder liner as the piston tilts, thus tilting the ring. The barrel-face profile also makes the top ring a non-dimensional scraper. However, in high loading conditions where the piston experiences high tilts or the ring high negative twists, this can have adverse effects as the top edge of the ring can end up being a scraper due to top outside diameter contact. This will throw oil into the combustion chamber which will increase oil consumption. The introduction of up-tilted grooves, positive twisted rings, or asymmetric barrel face profiles are utilized to help eliminate this problem. 42 2.3.2 Second Compression Ring The main functions of the second ring are to act as a scraper for Oil control and to dampen the pressure drop across the top ring. The tapered face usually found on the second ring acts as a unidirectional scraper. It rides on the oil film on the upward strokes and scrapes the oil on the downward stroke to control oil consumption. The taper face profile is very important as it is determinant to engine life. Engine life is affected by how long it will take for the taper face to wear out. A groove is usually introduced at the bottom of the second ring in order to provide extra volume for the accumulation of oil. It also helps in the control of interring gas pressure. For the same purpose, grooves may be introduced at the third land. The second ring also controls the pressure differential across the top ring. It achieves this by sealing the dynamic pressure increase in the second land during the compression and expansion strokes and delaying the release into the third land. The timely release of this pressure prevents top ring lift. Also, it enhances the oil-scraping action of the second ring, as the flow carries oil with it. 2.3.3 Oil Control Ring The main function of the oil control ring is to control oil consumption. It has negligible gas sealing and heat transfer capabilities. It scrapes excessive oil from the cylinder liner to the crankcase and acts as a check valve to prevent oil flow into the combustion chamber. The expander provides a uniform radial force to push the segment or segments, in the case of a three-piece ring, against the cylinder liner. In the case of the three-piece 43 ring, the expander also provides an axial force to push the segments against the top and bottom sides of the grooves. This seals the oil passages and prevents reverse oil flow at high engine vacuums. This axial force, though, should not be excessively high so that it can be overcome by gas pressure and scraped oil in the third land to create a crevice for the oil to flow into the crankcase. The radial force determines the oil film thickness that will stay on the cylinder liner, which is important for engine life and oil consumption. Unlike the second ring, the oil control ring is a multi-directional scraper. It scrapes oil both during the upward and downward strokes. During the downward strokes, the bottom segment scrapes oil directly into the crankcase. During the upward strokes, it scrapes oil into the groove through the expander. This necessitates the introduction of holes at the back of the groove to allow for oil drainage. A cheaper solution is the introduction of cast slots at the bottom of the groove as it does not require drilling. Similarly, the top segment scrapes oil into the groove during the downward stroke. The recovery of oil scraped in the third land by the top segment during the upward stroke becomes more complex. This completely relies on the forces acting on the top segment, which at times throughout the cycle overcome the axial fOrce of the expander and create a crevice for the Oil to drain into the third groove. At the same time this relieves pressure from the third land. 2.3.4 Pressure Loading The three rings across the ring-pack experience different pressure loadings. Figure 2.12 shows typical in-cylinder and land pressures. The upper surface of the top ring is exposed to the high in-cylinder (combustion) pressure. This high pressure puts a moment 44 about the land on the ring forcing it to twist downwards. This twisting can have several adverse effects. As described in Section 2.3.1, this can lead to Oil scraping into the combustion chamber. The pivoting of the top ring about the second land increases the radial force exerted by the ring, which can break the oil film and lead to high wear rates. This twisting also degrades the lower side sealing as the ring back edge lifts away from the groove, thus allowing for gas leakage past the lower side of the ring. These adverse effects can be avoided by careful design of the top ring, groove, and second land. The second and third rings experience much lower pressure loads. The second land pressure after a point during the expansion stroke exceeds the in-cylinder pressure as both the top and second rings are seated at the bottom of the groove sealing the gases in the second land. This point is known as the crossover point and it is desired to occur at around 120 degrees ATDC. If it happens earlier it can cause the top ring to lift and increase blow-by. At around 120 degrees ATDC ring inertia starts dominating as the piston slows down, thus even though the second land pressure is higher the top ring still remains seated. The pressure build-up in the third land is necessary to help the transport of oil accumulated there into the crankcase as described in Section 2.3.3. 45 in-cylinder \ g crossover a point i . rd _ 3 land 2nd land I 's‘. \ Intake Compression Expansion Exhaust Figure 2.12: In-cylinder and land pressures 2.3.5 Heat Transfer Other than controlling blow-by and oil consumption, piston rings are very important for maintaining favorable piston temperatures. It is estimated that about 70% of the piston heat is dissipated by the piston rings. The heat flow path is from the piston to the piston rings to the oil film to the cylinder liner and finally to the coolant in the water jackets. The heat flow is dominant in the radial direction from the inside diameter to the outside diameter; thus, any heat flow in the circumferential direction of the ring is ignored in numerical models. The fact that the rings spend most of their time seated at the bottom the groove results in the top part of the groove being hotter. The formation of the oil film wedge between the ring and the cylinder liner (Figure 2.13) is very important in controlling heat transfer as it increases the ring-to-oil surface contact area. The top ring with the barrel profile benefits from this wedge in both 46 upward and downward strokes, whereas the tapered second ring benefits only in the upward strokes. The importance and contribution of the second ring in cooling the piston has been noted in experiments, where removing the second ring resulted in increased piston crown temperatures of about 14 OC. Oil film wedge Figure 2.13: Oil film wedge forming during the upstroke The challenge in the modern trends of engine development becomes how to keep the piston at favorable temperatures. Rings are getting thinner to decrease friction and inertia losses. Also, some applications seek to eliminate completely the second ring. These trends will result in higher thermal loads and higher heat fluxes the rings will have to withstand. Thus numerical modeling of the ring-pack is more crucial than ever to ensure excellent engine performance. 47 2.3.6 Ring Friction In order for the rings to seal the combustion chamber, they exert a radial force on the cylinder liner. This radial force arises from the combination of the ring internal tension and the gas force generated due to gas pressure behind the ring. It results in the generation of an axial friction force which resists piston motion and subtracts energy from the useful work of the engine (Figure 2.14). Figure 2.14: Forces generating axial friction at the ring-cylinder liner interface The piston rings account for about 20-40% of the total engine friction. The axial friction force is directly proportional to the radial tension generated. In recent years this radial tension has been reduced to about 50-60%. This was due to advances in machining processes which allow for better cylinder liner finishes, pistons and piston rings. Also the advancements in lubricant technologies and ring face coatings have contributed. Finally the trends for thinner rings also help reduce friction. 48 2.3.7 Engine Speed Engine speed is an important factor influencing the ring sealing properties. The ring inertia is directly proportional to engine speed. Close to the TDC, where piston deceleration increases, inertia tries to lift the ring from its seat at the bottom of the groove. At high loads where the combustion pressure is high, thus the forces acting on top of the ring are high, they dominate inertia and thus the ring remains seated. However, at high engine speeds low engine loads, where inertia is high and combustion pressure is low, the ring can lift and loses its sealing properties, resulting in high blow-by. This is referred to as ring instability [83]. The ring inertia is proportional to the ring mass, to the engine stroke and to the engine speed squared. Consequently a good ring design will account for this relationship and push the ring instability point beyond the normal operating range of the engine. 2.4 Cylinder Liner The cylinder liner acts as the guide for the reciprocating motion. It provides the surface where the piston and piston rings slide, thus it has its own role in determining engine performance and engine life. Like the skirt surface finish described in Section 2.2.13, the cylinder liner has to possess surface finish properties that will yield favorable lubrication conditions, thus minimizing wear, but at the same time minimize oil consumption. A rough cylinder liner has very good oil retention properties; however, the oil between the micro-valleys is not scraped during the downstroke, thus remaining exposed to the combustion flames. This in 49 turn will increase Oil consumption. Typical values for the cylinder roughness average value are about 0.5 um, and different honing techniques are used to achieve this. Another challenge faced with the cylinder liner design is its deformation. Once the engine is assembled the cylinder liner will deviate from the round shape (Figure 2.15), both circumferentially and axially. This deformation arises from the bolt loads fitting the cylinder head to the cylinder block. At operating conditions these deformations increase even more due to thermal expansion and loads from the piston. These deformations have adverse effects on engine life and efficiency, as they increase clearances which may result in large amplitudes of piston motion, increased blow-by, and oil consumption. The sequence of peaks and valleys in the axial direction can result in high impact loads on the skirt, thus leading to plastic deformation and premature failure of the piston. A technique called hot honing may be used to eliminate the effects of thermal expansion; however, it is an expensive process, which makes it infeasible for mass production. This involves bringing the cylinder block to operating temperatures and then honing the round shape of the cylinder liner. Thus the liner will deviate from roundness when the engine is cold and become round at operating temperatures. 50 I It“, III'I'II , " lint Ir II I 5"): ' 11".. (if 8‘“. , Deformation Circumferential [deg] 0 0 Axial [mm] Deformation [pm] Circumferential [deg] 0 0 (b) Figure 2.15 : Cylinder liner deformation (a) assembled cold and (b) rated conditions 51 CHAPTER 3. PISTON FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS AND DYNAMICS MODEL 3.1 Introduction In order to understand the correlations between all the piston features and characteristics described in Section 2.2 and how they affect the piston performance, the use of numerical models is required. Such models not only allow for multiple design iterations in a minimum amount of time to reach the best design, but they also reduce the need of many prototypes, thus decreasing costs. The cost Of moving electrons is significantly less than moving atoms. Numerical models are very important for every aspect of engineering design, so the optimal operation of the piston, and the internal combustion engine as a whole, greatly depends on them. The piston, during its operation, apart from the axial reciprocating motion experiences small transverse oscillations. This represents a highly nonlinear problem, involving the thermoelastohydrodynamic behavior of the piston skirt. The identification of the magnitudes of these oscillations and the ability to control them is crucial, as the piston performance depends on them. In the process of this identification, numerical models are utilized. This chapter will develop the theory behind the numerical model for the assessment of piston performance developed at the Automotive Research Experiment Station at Michigan State University. The model has been named Piston Finite Element Analysis and Dynamics and from here on it will be referred to as PIFEAD. 52 3.2 Overview of the PIFEAD The PIFEAD model is comprised of two modules, the finite element analysis module and the dynamics analysis part (Figure 3.13). Despite the fact that a dynamics analysis can be performed assuming a rigid piston, the finite element analysis is an integral part of elastohydrodynamic lubrication analysis which yields more realistic predictions of piston performance. A thorough description of the code’s finite element analysis is found in [49] and will not be repeated here. In summary, the piston has to be meshed externally via linear tetrahedral elements, obeying the coordinate system convention described in the following section. A data file containing all the mesh information has to be supplied as an input to the model in order to perform a thermal and structural finite element analysis. The original finite element model described in [49] was written in MATLAB. However, in order to minimize processing time, in this version it was migrated to FORTRAN. Execution of numerically intensive programs developed in FORTRAN is much more efficient than ones developed in MATLAB. Also the version in [49] was accepting mesh data only from COSMOS DesignSTAR. In this version the piston can be meshed in Altair Hyperrnesh which is the most widely used meshing tool in the automotive industry. PIFEAD then uses the mesh information output (element connectivity and node coordinates). For the thermal analysis, the piston is assumed to be at steady state over the cycle [31]. A convective boundary is applied to the whole piston, splitting the boundary in five regions: crown, ring-pack, skirt, underside, and pin-hole. The heat transfer coefficients and ambient temperatures are assumed to be constant over the cycle and are carefully 53 selected to account for the operating conditions and within the ranges archived in [76, 78]. This allows for the estimation of the temperature profile on the skirt. Averaging it with the cylinder bore temperature, the oil viscosity on the skirt can be calculated. For the structural analysis the piston is constrained at the pin-hole and the principle of minimum potential energy is applied. Inputs for calculating piston deformation are thermal loads, from the thermal analysis above, unit pressure load on the crown, to simulate the combustion gas pressure, and unit body load, to simulate the piston’s inertia. The deformations due to the pressure on the crown and due to the body load are scaled to the combustion gas pressure and piston axial acceleration, respectively, at each crank angle. The skirt compliance is also obtained and it is used during the iterative solution to obtain the skirt deformation due to the hydrodynamic and contact pressures developed at the skirt surface. All these deformations allow for the consideration of a fully elastic skirt in the dynamics analysis. 3.2.1 Skirt Compliance In the piston elastohydrodynamic lubrication problem, the skirt compliance is used to relate the skirt deformation to the skirt hydrodynamic and contact loads. It can be calculated directly from the stiffness matrix, iteratively or experimentally. The concept behind the compliance matrix is to reduce the degrees of freedom of the system just to the ones of interest, in this case, the skirt area. This will eliminate the need of solving a large system of equations at each iteration step to calculate the skirt deformations. 54 3.2.1.1 Guyan Reduction One straightforward method of Obtaining the compliance matrix is the Guyan reduction or static condensation method [21]. Given a system, K it = f an nxl nxl where n is the number of degrees of freedom, decomposing it, K11 K12 I“1‘ I11 I Mr qu pxlj pxlj zl— K21 K22 “2 f2 q>
x
II
Y
- r;
552: 0T2
5 a, \
27 \\ ‘\
/ . ,. ‘
T \x‘ i ,/.l/,)/
r; w:
. C0 ,
Figure 3.6: Vector diagram of the piston crank assembly
62
The vector equation describing the assembly of Figure 3.6 is given by,
_.
C0+ +72+cp+73=0 (3.14)
.... I
Taking the components of (3.14), the piston position is given by,
:3 =-I] cosd—rz cosrp (3.15)
and the connecting rod angle by,
sin0+C -C
(o=—sin_l[’1 0 p] (3.16)
’2
Now taking the first derivative of (3.14) with respect to time, and recognizing that
-. —.
C0 =Cp =0, fi=ajxr1, and r2 =02xr2 then
Jixfl+iozxf2+f~3=0 (3.17)
Again taking the components of (3. 17), the piston axial velocity is given by,
i3 :0“ sin0+aQrQ sinrp (3.18)
and the connecting rod angular speed by,
=_0)171C086 (319)
r2 COS¢
Now taking the second derivative of (3.14) with respect to time, and recognizing that
again Go =Cp =0, and now 71:5), x5). x71 , and F2 =(szrbzxf2 +£22x72 then
aqufi+abxaizxrz+a2xr2+i§=0 (3.20)
From the components of (3.20), the piston axial acceleration is given by,
53 = wjzrl cost9+ (0ng cos¢+ azrz sin (0 (3.21)
63
and the connecting rod angular acceleration by,
azthzq s1n0+w§rzsrng0 (3.22)
r2 COS¢
The acceleration of the center of mass of the connecting rod is given by,
Zicm = acm, x i+ am, y 3 (3.23)
qufiilel +Etzxrfrzxp+aizxp
which yields,
a0,” = 4(4er Sin0—agpsin¢+a2pcosgo (3.24)
and
am”. =aqzr1cost9+wzzpcos¢+a2psingo (3.25)
From here on the piston axial position will be referred, to as yp, the piston axial
velocity as v , and the piston axial acceleration as ap.
3.3.5 Piston Eccentricity
The piston eccentricity — transverse position relative to the cylinder center axis —
is described by the eccentricities at the reference points shown in Figure 3.7,
0 T: top of piston
0 B: bottom of piston
«0 Z: piston center axis
Once these primary eccentricities are known, the eccentricities at different piston
levels can be calculated. Figure 3.8 shows a translated and tilted piston, confined within
64
the cylinder liner. The eccentricity at the top of the piston is given by e,, the eccentricity
at the bottom of the piston is given by eb, and the eccentricity (translation) along the
wrist-pin is given by ez. These can be used to derive the eccentricities at the top and
bottom of the second land, el, and ejb, at the center of gravity, ecg, at the top and bottom
of the skirt, es, and esb, at the piston pin level, e , and the piston tilt, ,6.
e1. =e. "13%. —eb) (326)
p
61b = 6: “fiiM ‘61)) (3-27)
p .
y
ecg =e,—-;1C§-(e,—e,,) (3.28)
p
H —L
est —e, - :1 (e, -eb) (3.29)
p
esb =eb (3.30)
=e —yL”( — ) (3 31)
p
fl = sin—1 [fl] 5 m (3.32)
Hp H p
All these quantities are functions of time, and are extremely important although
very small, since their evaluation allows for the estimation of the hydrodynamic and
contact forces and moments and ultimately the piston performance.
65
MAJOR THRUST (in MINOR THRUST
T
Xp
—L\ylb
I
(a) (b)
Figure 3.7: Reference points (a) in the XP-Yp plane and (b) in the Xp-Zp plane
MAJOR THRUST
Cylinder
Bore
(b)
Figure 3.8: Eccentricity in (a) the Xp-Yp and
(b) the Xp-Zp planes with respect to the cylinder center line
66
3.3.6 Equations of Motion
In order to calculate the piston eccentricities described in Section 3.3.5 the
equations of motion for the piston assembly have to be derived. Figure 3.9 Shows the free
body diagrams of the piston-connecting rod assembly in the Xp-Yp-Zp coordinate
system. The system is tilted by an angle y from the vertical. This angle represents the
cylinder bank angle in the case of V-engine configuration. The forces are:
' ng
' Fmpy
' Fmpx
' Fipy
' Fipx
' Fipz
o F fy
combustion gas force in the Yp-direction
piston weight component in the Yp—direction
piston weight component in the Xp-direction
piston inertia in the Yp-direction
piston inertia in the Xp-direction
piston inertia in the Zp-direction
friction force in the Yp-direction: sum of hydrodynamic shear, F fh,
and contact friction, F fc
0 F tx force in the Xp-direction: sum of hydrodynamic and contact forces,
th and F cx
o F tz force in the Zp-direction: sum of hydrodynamic and contact forces,
F hz and Fcz, hydrodynamic shear and contact friction forces, Ffl,z and
F fcz’ and wrist-pin friction F fwz
WX
wy
WY
wx
{’1 {11
o
5‘1 5‘1
reaction at the piston-wrist-pin interface in the Xp-direction
reaction at the piston-wrist-pin interface in the Yp-direction
wrist-pin weight component in the Yp-direction
wrist-pin weight component in the Xp-direction
o F iwy wrist-pin inertia in the Yp-direction
- F iwx wrist-pin inertia in the Xp-direction
o F ,WX reaction at the wrist-pin-connecting rod interface in the XI,—
direction
0 F my reaction at the wrist-pin-connecting rod interface in the Yp-
direction
0 F my connecting rod weight component in the Yp-direction
0 F mrx connecting rod weight component in the Xp-direction
o F by connecting rod inertia in the Yp-direction
- F irx connecting rod inertia in the Xp-direction
67
o F 0 crankshaft reaction force
0 M i piston inertia moment
0 M rod connecting rod inertia moment
0 M, moments about wrist—pin: sum of hydrodynamic and contact
moments, Mhz and MCz , hydrodynamic shear and contact friction
moments, thz and Mfcz, and wrist-pin friction moment, Mfwz
The equations are derived from Newton’s second law of motion and the
conservation of angular momentum. The following derivations assume a rigid connecting
rod and wrist-pin. Also, the crankshaft reaction force F 0 is assumed to be collinear with
the connecting rod axis. Clockwise moments are positive.
68
Xp-Yp plane Yp-Zp plane
MAJOR THRUST I MINOR THRUST
Fer
. 7/ ' Xp
I l
I
J
f
l
J
l l ,
FmprFipx / u
4%.».
Fpr+th Kw ‘. t l
3?} F15»
pwy v connecting
Yp rod axis
Figure 3.9: Piston-connecting rod assembly free body diagrams
69
3.3.6.1 Piston
Sum of forces in the Xp—direction,
F
ipx + Fmpx + th + prx = O (3.33)
Sum of forces in the Yp-direction,
Fipy + Fmpy + ng + Ffi + pry = 0 (3.34)
Sum of forces in the Zp-direction,
F
ipz + 1I2 = 0 (3.35)
Moments about the wrist-pin,
Mip +Mt _ngxWP +(F’ +Fmpyllxcg ‘xwp)+(Pipx +FmPXIIYWp ‘ycgl=0(3'36)
'P)’
where,
F“ = 15,, + ch (3.37)
Ffi = thy + chy (3.38)
F,z = 5,, + FCZ + Ffl,Z + chz + PM (3.39)
M,=M,,Z+Mcz+Mfz+MfwZ (3.40)
3.3.6.2 Wrist-pin:
Sum of forces in the Xp-direction,
—prx + mex + Fiwx + Frwx = O (3.41)
70
Sum of forces in the Yp-direction,
_vaw + mey + Fiwy + Fwy = O (3.42)
3.3.6.3 Connecting Rod:
Sum of forces in the Xp-direction,
—erx + Pin: + Fmrx + F0 sin (—(p) = O (3.43)
Sum of forces in the Yp-direction,
—ery + E"? + Fmry + F0 cos(—(p) = 0 (3.44)
Moments about 0,
Mmd + Fm), r2 sin (10) - me r2 cos(—(o)
. (3.45)
_(Firy +Fmry)psm(_¢)+(Firx+Fmrxlpcos(_¢)=0
Equations (3.33), (3.34), (3.41), (3.42) and (3.45) can be rearranged and
combined into one equation yielding,
Mrod +(F'
W + 13,-W), + F + mey + ng + ny ) r2 sin ((0)
mpy
'(Fipx'I'FiwaFmprmex‘I'th+ch)’2005(¢) (3'46)
—(F.-ry +Fm)psin(-¢)+(Erx+Fmrxlpcos(¢)=0
Now (3.35), (3.36) and (3.46) will be the basis for solving for the piston
secondary motion. The forces constituting these equations are as follows: The
combustion force is given by,
71
where P8 is the combustion gas pressure.
The weight component forces are
F
mpx
FmP)’
mex
F mwx
Fmrx
Fmrx
_ 2
F8), — Pg fl'R
givenby,
=mpgsin7
=mpgcosy
=mwgsinr
=mwgcosy
=mrgsinr
=mrgcosr
(3.47)
(3.48)
(3.49)
(3.50)
(3.51)
(3.52)
(3.53)
where mp is piston mass, mw is the wrist-pin mass and m, is the connecting rod mass.
The inertia forces are given by,
Flpx = Tmp écg
Fipy = _mp “p
Iwa _ _mw Ep
I:lwx _ _mw a p
Firx : _mr acm,x
I:irrr = _mr acm, y
The inertia moments are given by,
72
(3.54)
(3.55)
(3.56)
(3.57)
(3.58)
(3.59)
4—7
Mip = —1pp (3.60)
Mmd = —I,aQ (3.61)
where [p and I, are the second moment of inertias about the Zp-axis of the piston and
connecting rod respectively.
In the above equations the secondary motion accelerations are given by the time
derivatives of the secondary motion velocities,
_ l . Yeg . .
cg "X10 ‘ Hp (e, "3“] (3-62)
.. l . YWp . .
e =— e -— e —e 3.63
"51(22] (364)
At Hp
where At is the time step. For a four stroke engine running at N revolutions per minute
the time step for each crank angle is given by,
1
At =-—— 3.65
W ( )
The hydrodynamic and contact forces and moments, as well as the shear and
contact friction forces and moments, are all functions of the piston secondary motion.
Their relationship will be described in detail in the following sections. All these
constitute a highly non-linear problem with three equations, (3.35), (3.36) and (3.46), and
six unknowns, et, eb, ez, ét, éb, and éz. In order to solve for the secondary motion, the
73
secondary velocity at the current time step has be equal to the time derivative of the
piston eccentricity at the current time step relative to the previous time step. That is,
0_ 19—1
é? = ————e' A? (3.66)
e 8139 — H
9_ 9—1
Z At
These now complete the system of equations which can be solved iteratively for the six
unknowns using the Newton-Raphson method.
3.4 Hydrodynamic Pressure
In order to calculate the hydrodynamic pressure developed at the skirt surface, the
standard Reynolds equation is used despite the fact that in some of the previous efforts
the average Reynolds equation proposed by Patir and Cheng [54] is used. This equation
accounts for the effect of surface roughness on the pressure. The scope of this
dissertation, though, is to develop a new model which considers piston translation along
the wrist-pin. Since it has already been shown in literature that the average Reynolds
equation can yield better results, it can be easily implemented with minimal programming
effort later on. The standard Reynolds equation employed in the current model is of the
form,
a h3 an, a h3 an, 1 . ah ah .
=— — — h 3.69
axs[12,u axsj+ays[12,u Bys] 2[ez 3x3 +vp dysI-I- ( )
74
with,
Ph=F on r (3.70)
where P1,, is the hydrodynamic pressure, h is the oil film thickness, h is the squeeze film
velocity, and F is the pressure on the boundary, T, which is set to zero gauge. It should
be noted that the physical wedge term, the first term on the right-hand side of the
equation, includes the effects of both the axial velocity of the piston and the velocity
along the wrist-pin.
This equation is solved via the finite element method (FEM) as described in [50,
49]. FEM is chosen rather than the traditional finite differences method (FDM) as it
allows for direct mapping of pressure and skirt deformations from the 2-D skirt mesh
(Figure 3.5) to the 3-D piston mesh. This eliminates the numerical error that would arise
from the interpolations between the finite difference grid and the finite element mesh. It
can be argued that the finite element mesh can be too coarse to obtain an accurate
solution for the Reynolds equation. Panayi [49] showed that by controlling the mesh Size
with finer mesh on the skirt surface and coarser elsewhere on the pistOn, the
hydrodynamic pressure can be evaluated within desirable accuracy. Of course there is a
trade-off here between accuracy and computation time, a dilemma that researchers
always face.
Equation (3.69) is Solved for both the major and minor thrust sides at each
iteration step assuming fully flooded lubrication conditions. The half-Sommerfeld
condition, (3.71), is applied to the calculated hydrodynamic pressure, as conventional
lubricants used in internal combustion engines cannot withstand negative pressures and
cavitate.
75
Ph=Ph'Z(Ph) (3.71)
where 1(Ph) is a switch function,
L ynzo
1(Ph)={0, if Ph <0 (3.72)
In the case that hydrodynamic lubrication is considered at the second land, the
same equation, (3.69), is solved on a uniformly generated 2-D finite element mesh
(Figure 3.10) of the land. In this case the deformations at each node are interpolated from
the 3-D piston solid mesh. The boundary conditions applied to the Reynolds equation
when solving for the second land lubrication pressure are,
Ph ( y], = 0) = F (3.73)
11(be =0) = F (3.74)
1D,,(19p = 0) = Ph (19p = 27:) (3.75)
ylt
y”’ 0 90 180 270 36C
0,. [deg-l
Figure 3.10: Second land mesh, 4 x 90 elements
76
3.5 Oil Film Thickness
As the eccentricities (Figure 3.8) are much smaller than the skirt length the oil
film thickness can be approximated by,
h = c —l:est + (esb ~85; )-);J—s:|cos 0p — ez Sin 0,, + dc — 55 — do — 6p (3.76)
where c is the nominal piston to cylinder bore clearance, (SC is the cylinder bore
deformation, 63 is the skirt deformation, 60 is the contribution to oil film thickness due to
piston ovality if any, and 5p is the skirt profile height.
The cylinder bore deformation is assumed to be constant over the cycle. The
hydrodynamic and contact pressures deve10ped at the interface between the skirt surface
and the cylinder bore have negligible effect on it. The cylinder bore deformation is
supplied as input data either from experimental measurements or from finite element
analysis of the cylinder block. This allows for a shorter computation time. dc is positive if
the cylinder deformation increases the piston to cylinder bore clearance (Figure 3.11).
The cylinder bore deformation is interpolated at each crank angle for each skirt node
from the supplied data as shown in Figure 2.15.
Figure 3.11: Schematic of cylinder bore deformation
77
The skirt deformation, 65, includes the deformations induced on the skirt by the
thermal expansion, the combustion gas pressure, the piston inertia, and the hydrodynamic
and contact pressures. Given the 3-D deformation components of a node the deformation
in the radial direction is obtained by,
55 =ux cos(t9
p)+uZ Sin(6l
p) (3.77)
where ax and uz are the deformation components in the Xp and Zp directions
respectively. The skirt compliance described in Section 3.2.1 is used here to calculate the
contribution of hydrodynamic and contact forces to skirt deformation. ‘
The skirt profile height, 6 , is the offset of the skirt surface from the nominal skirt
diameter. The interested reader is referred to Chapter 6 for a detailed description of skirt
profiles. The skirt profile ovality, (50, is described in Section 2.2.15 and it is usually
calculated by (2.2).
3.6 Squeeze Film Velocity
It should be noted that in (3.76), est, esb, e2, (is and 66 are all functions of time.
The squeeze film velocity is then given by,
h: {4, + (ésb —é,, )y—Ij]cosep —éz sin 0,, + 5,. — 6', (3.78)
where,
. 66 -60—1
5 =_C_0_ 3.79
C At ( )
78
28—84
At (3.80)
3.7 Oil Dynamic Viscosity
The oil dynamic viscosity, ,u, is an important parameter in the Reynolds equation
as it can vary with temperature, pressure, or both. In this work the viscosity is assumed to
vary with temperature but be invariant to pressure. The Vogel law [69] is used to evaluate
the oil viscosity at the interface between the piston skirt and the cylinder bore. The piston
temperature is found to decrease along the skirt length, being higher at the top. In a
similar way, the temperature of the cylinder bore decreases from top to bottom.
Consequently the oil temperature, Tail, in the interface is taken as the average of the two
temperatures. The piston temperature is taken from the piston thermal finite element
analysis. The cylinder bore temperature, like the cylinder bore deformation, is supplied as
input data either from experimental measurements or from finite element analysis of the
cylinder block. Both of these temperature distributions are assumed to be constant over
the cycle. The viscosity is thus given by,
# =turef e_K (Tail—Tref) (381)
with,
K: 108(fl2/l11)
T1 ‘72
(3.82)
Here T1, T2, #1, and ,uz are the low and high oil temperatures respectively. Their
corresponding viscosities are found in the Oil data sheets supplied by manufacturers.
79
These viscosities are usually for temperatures Of 40 0C and 100 0C. Tref is the oil
temperature in the engine oil sump and p ref its corresponding viscosity.
3.8 Hydrodynamic Forces and Moments
Once the hydrodynamic pressure is calculated via the Reynolds equation, then the
hydrodynamic forces and moments that contribute to the equations of motion can be
calculated. The normal hydrodynamic pressure is split into components (Figure 3.12) to
calculate the contributions in the Xp and Zp directions.
Figure 3.12: Components of pressure on skirt surface
The hydrodynamic forces acting in the Xp and Zp directions are given by,
PM = j] Ph cos (9,, dA (3.83)
A
S
80
PM = H 1),, sin (9,, (M (3.84)
A5
where dA is the infinitesimal skirt area, given by,
dA=Rd0p dys (3.85)
The hydrodynamic moment about the wrist-pin is given by,
Mhz=flph cosfip-(pr—(Hp—L)—ys)dA (3.86)
A
S
The hydrodynamic shear developed on the skirt or land surface can be evaluated
twp haPh
_._—+_—
h 28y,
r: (3.87)
The hydrodynamic Shear force and the hydrodynamic shear moment about the
wrist-pin are then given by,
th = H rdA (3.88)
A
S
thz =Hr-(Xp—xwp)dA (3.89)
AS
3.9 Contact Pressure
As the piston travels laterally within the cylinder bore, the oil film thickness can
become very small, thus allowing for possible solid-to-solid contact. The magnitude of
the pressure arising by this contact is calculated via the Greenwood-Tripp model [19],
81
which assumes that both contacting surfaces are rough with their height distribution being
Gaussian. The contact pressure is given by,
PC (h) = KE’F5/2 (Ha) (3.90)
with,
K =-l%rr(n§o)2 J? (3.91)
Here, 17 is the asperity density on the skirt, 4‘ is the asperity radius of curvature on the
skirt, and o is the composite standard deviation of asperity height distribution, given by,
a =(Ic712 +03 (3.92)
where a] and 02 are the standard deviations of asperity height distribution for the piston
skirt and cylinder bore respectively.
The composite modulus of elasticity, E’, is given by,
E’= 1+ 2 (3.93)
with E1 and v1 being the modulus of elasticity and the Poisson ratio of the piston
respectively. Similarly, E2 and v2 are for the cylinder liner.
The normalized oil film thickness, H0, is given by,
h
H = _ 3.94
c 0' ( )
The function F25 (H0) is the Gaussian distribution of asperity heights. In order
to avoid the numerical integration of this function at each iteration step, it is
approximated beforehand with an exponential function, as follows,
82
2
CI+CZH0+C3H20 +c6 Ha<4.0
F2.5(H0.)= l+c4Ha+c5Ha
0 H0240
(3.95)
A more detailed explanation of the Greenwood-Tripp model and on the
approximation of F25 (Ho) can be found in Chapter 4.
3.9.1 Contact Forces and Moments
The contact pressure is split into components like the hydrodynamic pressure
(Figure 3.12) to obtain the contributions in the Xp and Z1) directions.
The contact forces acting in the XI) and Zp directions are given by,
ch = fl PC cos 0,, dA (3.96)
AS
Fcz = H PC sin 9,, dA (3.97)
A
S
The contact moment about the wrist-pin is given by,
MC, =jjpc cosep-(ywp—(Hp—L)-ys)dA (3.98)
A
S
The friction developed due to the contact of the piston skirt with the cylinder liner
is calculated via the Coulomb friction model as,
ch =—sign(vp) jjpf 1)ch (3.99)
A
S
83
where pf is the coefficient of friction between the piston Skirt and the cylinder liner.
Similarly the contact friction moment about the wrist-pin is given by,
Mf =vsign( vp)jjpfpcp-X( xwp)dA (3.100)
3.10 Wrist-pin Friction
The reaction loads developed at the wrist—pin interface result in the generation of
frictional moments and forces. At the interface, complex lubrication conditions exist.
Specialized computational models are used to investigate the wrist-pin lubrication. In this
work it is assumed that the friction developed at the wrist—pin obeys the Coulomb friction
model. The friction moment generated about the wrist-pin is given by,
Mfwz— - -sign(,B fi—f—FZJ prx + Flew), (3.101)
where uw is the wrist-pin friction coefficient, and dw the wrist-pin diameter.
The friction force in the Zp-direction is given by,
Ffwz- _ —sign(e )usz\/ prx + Fgw, (3.102)
3.11 Wear
The wear on the skirt is calculated using the Arcth wear model [3], which
relates the volume of material removed to the ratio of the contact work, F C S, to the
material hardness,
84
v = KW C (3.103)
Here, V is the volume of material removed, F6 is the normal contact force, S is the
distance moved by the skirt, H is the skirt material hardness, and Kw is the skirt wear
coefficient. Expressing the model in infinitesimal values yields,
P dA dS
dV=dAth=Kw(—C—fi)—— (3.104)
from which the height of material removed, hw, can be Obtained as,
K
hw =j7WPcds (3.105)
3.12 Numerical Procedure
The equations of motion describing the piston secondary motion constitute an
initial value problem for a system of non-linear second order differential equations in e, ,
eb , ez , ét, éb, and éz with respect to time or crank angle, as the crank angle is directly
proportional to time. The equations of motion derived in Section 3.3.6 can be put in a
functional vector, 1' E R6, of the forrrr,
f = 0 (3.106)
where,
lpy lW)’ mpy mwy
—(F}px+Fij+Fmpx+mex+th+ch)Qcos( (p) (3.107)
—(Firy +Fmry)p5in(_¢)+ (Firx +Fmrx)pcos(¢) =0
fl=Mmd+(F +F +F +F +ng+ny)r28in(¢)
f2:FIPZ+FI1Z+FCZ+FflIZ+FfCZ+FfiVZ:0 (3.108)
85
0 6—1
.6 e, -et
:e _ :0 3.110
f4 t A, ( )
a g-eQ-l
:é _ :0 3.111
f5 b At ( )
a ee_ee—1
f6:éz _ z A; :0 (3.112)
I
In order to solve for the six unknowns the Newton-Raphson method is employed.
The implementation of the Newton-Raphson algorithm is described in detail in [16] and
will not be repeated here. In brief, given the vector x=[e,, eb, ez, e',, éb, éz]T , the
solution to the system of equations in (3.106) is found iteratively via,
x61"+1 = x9,” —/1J"f (3.113)
where 0 is the time step, n is the Newton-Raphson iteration, and I. the Newton step
calculated by the algorithm in [16]. It is calculated such that it ensures global
convergence of the methodology. J is the Jacobian matrix of vector f relative to the
unknowns given by,
J=[i] i,j=1,2,...,6 (3.114)
Bx]-
In order to start the Newton-Raphson iteration, an initial guess is required for
vector x. To start the simulation it is assumed that all the values are zero, (x = 0); that is,
the piston is stationary exactly at the center of the cylinder bore. After the first time step
86
the converged solution for the previous time step is taken as the initial for the current
time step (X00 = x0—1,converged ).
Once x is available the transverse accelerations, et, 25,, and éz can then be
calculated at each Newton-Raphson iteration via numerical differentiation as,
.. 8 . 9,n+l . B—AH
e, 1 e, e,
e' = — é - é (3.1 15)
..” At .” .”
e e e
Z
Also similar to x vector the hydrodynamic and contact pressures are assumed to
be known at the previous time step and are used as an initial guess for the current time
step. To start the simulation again they are set to zero. With this information available, all
the forces and moments comprising (3.106) can be calculated.
The solution is achieved via three iterative loops, one for periodicity of piston
secondary motion, one for the hydrodynamic and contact pressures, and one for the
dynamics (Figure 3.13). Within the dynamics loop, first the axial dynamics are evaluated,
yp, vp, ap, (p, a2, acm’x and acmy, at the current time step. Then the oil temperature, To”,
and the cylinder bore deformation, 66, are evaluated at the current piston position. The
skirt deformation, 55, is also calculated with the combined effect of combustion gas
pressure, piston thermal expansion, piston inertia, and hydrodynamic and contact
pressures. Now from all these the oil film thickness, h, and the squeeze film velocity, h ,
are calculated. This allows for the evaluation of the hydrodynamic and contact pressures,
and ultimately of all the forces and moments in (3.106). Also, by evaluating the
transverse accelerations via (3.115), the transverse inertias are calculated. The piston
87
transverse position is calculated via the N ewton—Raphson method, (3.113). The procedure
is repeated until the solution of x is within the given tolerance usually 0.01, that is,
"x0,n+l _ x6,n
* , ,, $0.01 (3.116)
"x0,n+l II
Convergence is relatively fast within 2 to 5 iteration steps, except in the cases
where the hydrodynamic and contact pressures are very high. This is usually around
firing or for very small piston-to-cylinder liner clearances. Once the values of the
transverse velocities that satisfy (3.106) have been found, the hydrodynamic and contact
pressures are checked for convergence within the pressure loop. The present solutions of
the hydrodynamic and contact pressures are checked with the ones from the previous
pressure loop step. If they have not converged within reasonable tolerance, the pressures
are adjusted via underrelaxation,
1),? = Pf’k’] + a), (193" —P,f’"‘“) (3.117)
where k is the pressure iteration Step, and a), e [0.05, 0.5] is the underrelaxation factor.
This factor is adjusted within the pressure loop by monitoring the pressure convergence.
Once the hydrodynamic and contact pressures have converged, the simulation moves to
the next time step. This is repeated for the whole cycle, 06 [0, 47:].
Since the internal combustion engine is a cyclic device, the above procedure can
start from any crank angle. The calculation can appropriately be started at the middle of
the intake stroke, where the piston inertia is minimal and the combustion gas pressure is
88
relatively low. Also the initial guess for the transverse positions, velocities, and
hydrodynamic and contact pressure should have no effect on the solution. However for
simplicity all of them are set to zero,
x =0 = 0 (3.119)
Pf‘o = 1069:“ = 0 (3.120)
Furthermore, the final solution of all the forces and moments experienced by the
piston should be periodic. This is ensured by the periodicity loop. After the second cycle
the piston secondary is checked for periodicity,
6 = xt9+47r
x (3.121)
Once (3.121) is satisfied within reasonable tolerance, this guarantees that all the
forces and moments experienced by the piston are also periodic and the whole procedure
is stopped. It has been observed that periodicity is usually achieved between 3 and 5
cycles depending on the magnitude of the hydrodynamic and contact pressures developed
on the skirt and engine speed.
89
START
\
Engine . .
88:36"), Frnrte element module
A
r \
Piston Piston Piston Skirt
. —D .
mesh temperature deformation compliance
( Results: \
“131 and J ' .
r = 1.NCYC >4—
secondary motion, \ l
hydrodynamic N l
and contact loads,
fflCllOH, wear 6 O 720}
Axial
. 1—
motron
Piston total deformation: due to
> thermal, combustive, inertial,
hydrodynamic and contact loads
I
Under- Oil film thickness and
relaxation squeeze film velocity
,
Hydrodynamic and
contact pressures
Pressure
converged? Forces and
moments
Dynamics Secondary
converged? motion
Figure 3.13: PIFEAD flow diagram
90
3.13 Remarks
The piston dynamics numerical model, PIFEAD, can be used to predict piston
axial and secondary dynamics, hydrodynamic and contact forces, piston deformation and
piston wear.
The model can also be used to investigate how piston geometry, piston stiffness,
skirt profile, wrist-pin offset, lubricant viscosity, piston-to-cylinder bore clearance and
cylinder bank angle affect piston dynamics and ultimately piston performance.
It can be used to assess new designs or troubleshoot existing ones. Examples of its
applications are presented in Chapters 5 and 6.
91
CHAPTER 4. APPROXIMATION OF THE ASPERITY
CONTACT PRESSURE
4.1 Introduction
The load carried by asperity contacts is a very important quantity when
performing elastohydrodynamic analyses in the mixed-lubrication regime. The
Greenwood-Tripp model for the contact of two nominally flat rough surfaces ' is
traditionally used for the evaluation of these loads. In this model, it is assumed that the
asperity heights follow a Gaussian distribution, thus the load carried by the asperities can
be evaluated by the integration of a nonlinear function that relates the surface separation
with the asperity height distribution. In order to avoid the computational burden of
integrating this function numerically, several approximations have been proposed in
literature.
In this chapter the quality of two of these approximations is examined: a power
law approximation and a sixth order polynomial approximation proposed in research
efforts for the lubrication analysis of piston rings. The lack of fit for these two
approximations is identified and in turn a new exponential approximation is proposed
with the coefficients derived via the method of least squares. This new approximation
exhibits a better fit over the entire range of the tabulated values for the asperity height
distribution integral provided by Greenwood and Tripp. The computational cost of this
approximation is also found to be acceptable. It is the approximation used in PIFEAD.
92
4.2 Background of the Greenwood-Tripp Asperity Contact Model
Greenwood and Tripp [18] described the surfaces of sliding solids to be “as
complex as the surface of the earth and, indeed, geometrically rather similar to it.”
Consequently they recognised that contact cannot be described by exact mathematical
equations; rather, it needs to be modelled. They extended a previous work by Greenwood
and Williamson [20] to develop a model for “the contact of two nominally flat rough
surfaces.” In their work they noted that the contact geometry is such, for broken-in
surfaces, that elastic contact occurs. Also, they stated that the distribution of asperity
heights is very close to Gaussian. This is not necessarily the case for worn surfaces, but in
contact the effect is still Gaussian as the asperity heights of the parts of the surface that
do not touch are not considered. With all this information available, they developed a
model for the load carried by asperity interaction of two rough surfaces. They concluded
that as long as the asperity height distribution is Gaussian, the mode of deformation,
plastic or elastic, the asperity shape, spherical or conical, and whether the asperities are
found on one or both surfaces are all unimportant.
The Greenwood-Tripp model gained vast popularity in the field of
elastohydrodynamic analyses. However, it posed a computational burden, as it required
the numerical integration of the Gaussian distribution. Greenwood and Tripp provided
tabulated results for this integral over its effective range. This allowed for the
approximation of the integral with simpler functions.
In recent years Hu et al. [23] and Arcoumanis et al. [4] archived approximations
for those tabulated values while investigating the mixed lubrication of piston rings. The
first proposed a power law approximation, whilst the latter proposed an approximation by
93
a sixth order polynomial. These approximations were used in subsequent research efforts
[12, 1]. They seem to represent the model adequately, but an investigation on the quality
of the approximation suggests otherwise.
4.3 The Greenwood-Tripp Model Equations
The theory and development of the Greenwood-Tripp (GT) model are extensively
described in [18] and will not be repeated here. Rather, the final equations will be given.
Consider two rough surfaces (Figure 4.1) separated by a gap, h. The normalised gap, H0,
is given by,
H a = (4.1)
where o is the composite standard deviation of asperity height distribution, given by,
0' = (Io? +03 (4.2)
with a] and 02 being the standard deviations Of asperity height distributions on the two
surfaces.
SURFACEZ 02
SURFACE1
Figure 4.1: Gap between two rough surfaces
94
The load, P, carried by the asperities is then given by,
P(h)=KE’F5/2(HO-) (4.3)
with,
K=161‘5/—7r7r2(77,60') % (4.4)
Here, n is the asperity density and ,6 is the asperity radius of curvature on the surface of
interest.
The composite modulus of elasticity, E’ , is given by,
(4.5)
with E1 and v1, being the modulus of elasticity and the Poisson ratio of the material of
surface 1. Similarly, E2 and v2 are for the material of surface 2.
The function F5/2 (H o) is the integral of the Gaussian distribution of asperity
heights and is given by,
u— —H0 )5/2 e‘“ /2du (4.6)
F5/2(H a)=\/§_‘IH0(
It is clear that (4.6) does not have a straightforward analytical solution. It has to
be either evaluated numerically, or approximated. Greenwood and Tripp [18] provided
tabulated values for F5 /2 (H 0.) for discrete values of H0 (Table 4.1). These values have
been used to derive approximations for F5 /2 (H a) .
95
Table 4.1: Tabulated values for (4.6)
Ho F 5/ 2 (Ho)
0.0 0.616 64
0.5 0.240 40
1.0 0.080 56
1.5 0.022 86
2.0 0.005 42
2.5 0.001 06
3.0 0.000 17
3.5 0.000 02
4.0 0.000 00
> 4.0 0.0
4.4 Approximations
4.4.1 Power Law
Hu et al. [23] proposed a power law approximation for F5 /2 (H o) in the form Of,
Z
A(4.0—Ha) H0<4.0
0 H a 2 4.0
F5/2(HO-)={ (4.7)
where A=4.4068><10_5 and Z = 6.804. From here on the proposed approximation by
Hu et al. will be referred to as HU.
4.4.2 Sixth Order Polynomial
Arcoumanis et al. [23] proposed a sixth order polynomial for the approximation
0f F5/2(H0')’
96
rcan} + c5H3 + c4113 + c3113, H 4 0
0- < .
ITS/2(IIO'):< +C2H§+C1HU+CO (408)
m H0240
where C0=0.6167, C1=—1.0822, c2=8.0203x10“, C3=—3.1933x10“,
C4=7.1624x10‘2, C5=—8.5375x10’3, and C6=4.2074x10'4. From hereon the
proposed approximation by Arcoumanis et al. will be referred to as AR.
4.4.3 Proposed Approximation
After investigating the quality of the above approximations, as discussed in the
subsequent sections, an exponential approximation for F5/2 (H o) is proposed that
provides a better universal fit to the data of Table 4.1. The approximation is of the form,
2
, e CI+CZHU+C3H20 +c6 Ha<4.0
F5/2 (Ha) = 1+c4H0 +c5Ha
0 H0240
(4.9)
where the coefficients, ci, are Obtained via the least squares method as,
c1 = - 0.4834813
c2 = - 1.6510542
c3 = 0.0603879
c4 = -0. 1926383
c5 = 0.0161564
c6 = -3.6 X 10'6
From here on the proposed approximation will be referred to as PR approximation.
97
4.5 Comparison of the Approximations
4.5.1 Quality of Fit
In order to assess the quality of the fit the residuals, the standard deviation of the
error, and the standard and adjusted coefficients of determination are considered.
For a set of data y e Rnd , approximated by y , the residual e is given by,
e = y - 5’ (4.10)
The standard deviation of the error, 0" , is given by,
8T8
"d 'nb
6’: (4.11)
where nd is the number of data values and nb is the number of regression coefficients in
the approximation function.
The coefficient of determination, R2, is given by,
(4.12)
where y” is the arithmetic mean of the data values. However, the R2 value increases as
the number of regression coefficients increases. A better estimate can be obtained via the
adjusted coefficient of determination, R3, which corrects for the number of regression
coefficients,
R3 =1—"d—'1(1—R2) (4.13)
nd_nb
98
Table 4.2 shows the statistics used to assess the quality of the approximations. In
general a good approximation is expected to have an R3 greater than 0.9 and a relatively
low 6'. Consequently Table 4.2 suggests that all three approximations are good, with the
AR and PR approximations prevailing with a perfect R3. Looking at the plots for the
three approximations over the entire range of H0- (Figure 4.2), the same thing is
observed. This is a good example of how the R2 and R3 can be misleading. From the
graph in Figure 4.2 the HU approximation is lacking only in the range 0.0SH $1.0,
whereas the other two seem to perfectly satisfy the data. However, considering
segmented ranges of H0- (Figure 4.3), the real picture is revealed. The HU
approximation clearly under-predicts F5 /2 (H a) in the whole range of Ho being highly
noticeable in the range of H0 2 2.0.
The AR approximation performs better in the range of H0330, however it
exhibits an oscillatory behaviour in the range Of 3.OSHOS4.0 and even predicts a
negative value around Haz4.0. The order of magnitude of F5/2(Ho) can be
considered to be very low so the effect of these fluctuations can be negligible. However,
it should be noted that the load P, (4.3), is found by multiplying F5/2 (H a) with the
composite modulus of elasticity, E’ , and a constant, K. Thus, the effect on the load can
be noticeable and can lead to slow or even no convergence in the iterative solution of
problems involving elastohydrodynamic analyses in the mixed lubrication regime
utilizing such an approximation. Furthermore, the contact pressure cannot be negative.
99
The newly proposed exponential approximation, PR, though, exhibits an almost
perfect fit to the data over the entire range of H0. It satisfies all the tabulated data, and
asymptotically goes to zero at Ho =4.0.
The residuals of the three approximations with respect to the tabulated values of
Greenwood and Tripp (Table 4.1) are plotted in Figure 4.4. These again Show that the PR
approximation has the best fit, as the order of magnitude of its residuals is the lowest. The
AR approximation has very low residuals as well. However, these residuals do not
capture the oscillatory behaviour in the range of 3.0 S Ho S 4.0.
Table 4.2: Statistics for the three approximations
HU AR PA
6 2.609 x 10-2 1.580 x 104 1.213 x 10-5
R2 0.986 1.000 1.000
R3 . 0.984 1.000 1.000
100
11111
[111111111
11111111111111-1111'11
3.5
tions of (4.6)
Approx'
Figure 4.2
—-———-———-l
T
I
1
NE
f—---—————-t
k..____ _._-
“- 0.04
1.5
11111
Sv--.,.-----
\
‘~"~.-.o'
.--
In segments
tions of (4.6)
ima
Approx
Figure 4.3
101
' l I 1 T f T
I I I I I . “-I HU
0) 0.05 ----- IL ----- IL ----- f ----- 4| ------ I —————— z ...... ¢ .....
t : : : : : : .
O- J I I l————I I I I
x10'4
2 i l 1 l l l
I i l 6 : : g we AR
w 0 f i t i I .
I ' I . , : :
_2 1 J 1 1 1 1 1
x10-5
1 l T l I f PR I
w 0 l t : f 1 i f j
_2 I 1 : I . : 35:
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4
H
Figure 4.4: Residuals of approximations of (4.6)
4.5.2 Computation Time
When performing elastohydrodynamic analyses, the contact model needs to be
evaluated several times, since the problems are nonlinearand are solved iteratively over a
meshed domain. For example, in a piston dynamics analysis where the load developed at
the piston skirt surface due to contact with the cylinder bore needs to be calculated, the
contact model can be evaluated up to and even exceeding 100,000 times. These
evaluations can lead to high computation times. Table 4.3 shows a comparison of the
computation times for 10 000 evaluations of F5 /2 (H 0) via the three approximations and
direct numerical integration of (4.6). These evaluations were performed in MATLAB
running on an Intel Core 2 Duo 1.66 GHz CPU. These results reemphasize the need of an
102
approximation for F5/2 (H a)- It is obvious that direct integration of (4.6) can be very
expensive. The three approximations are in the same range, less than a tenth of a second
per 10 000 evaluations. The new proposed approximation lies in between the ones by Hu
et al. and Arcoumanis et al. In any case, considering its quality of fit described above, this
becomes the approximation of choice.
Table 4.3: Computation times
CPU time per 10 000
evaluations of
F5/2 (Ho) [5]
HU 0.03 1 25
AR 0.06250
PR 0.04688
Num. Integr. 11 1.96875
103
CHAPTER 5. PISTON DYNAMICS SIMULATIONS
5.1 New Generation Piston: A Comparison between 2-D and 3-D
Numerical Models
In this section, PIFEAD is used to model a new generation piston with
asymmetric thrust sides. The results predicted by the conventional 2-D piston dynamics
model (motion only in the thrust plane) and the new 3-D piston dynamics model that
considers translation along the wrist-pin described in Chapter 3 are compared. Here the
second land interactions with the cylinder bore are also considered. It is assumed that
pressures due to lubrication or scuffing have no effect on the second land deformation;
however, it deforms due to combustive, inertial and thermal loads. Only the second land
was chosen to be modeled as it is, traditionally, the land with the larger diameter. Thus it
is expected to have the most dominant interactions with the cylinder bore in the case of
insufficient heat dissipation. Of course if this happens it immediately implies that the
piston design needs further development.
5.1.1 Numerical Experiments
In this section theoretical results are presented for a gasoline engine under
simulated conditions. The engine geometry is based on the optical motored engine used
in [49].
The piston was designed by the author based on the dimensions of the engine’s
original piston. The specific piston features uneven thrust side areas, 2025.03 mm2 for
104
the major thrust side and 1775.25 mm2 for the minor thrust side. Figure 5.1 shows the
meshed piston geometry and Figure 5.2 shows the skirt profile of the piston.
The engine was modeled in Ricardo WAVE to obtain combustive pressure traces.
Figure 5.3 shows the pressure trace at 1000 RPM, the engine speed used for the
simulation results presented in this paper. The beginning of the intake stroke is at zero
crank angle degrees.
The cylinder bore temperature and deformation distributions are shown in Figure
5.4 and Figure 5.5. Both of these are asymmetric. The temperature between 0 and 180
degrees is higher to simulate the effect of adjacent cylinders. The temperature drops
axially along the cylinder bore. The cylinder bore deformation is higher on the major
thrust side as loads are higher on that side. At the top of the cylinder the deformation is
more elliptical and becomes more circular and decreases in magnitude moving down the
cylinder bore.
Table 5.1 summarizes the engine and piston geometrical and material properties.
AV ”_..
*, '(r
.- . .
,I' *
_._ .v-
"A'mfiuv‘zixviv‘gi‘iv’ ‘
A '2 '2 5 I V
L
L‘thVkV’JLV
BLV§E§AV
SS
Figure 5.1: Piston mesh
105
Table 5.1: Engine and piston properties
Geometric properties
Bore diameter
Stroke
Piston diameter
Piston height
Skirt length
Wrist-pin offset
Wrist-pin diameter
Second land diameter
Second land height
Cylinder bank angle
Connecting rod length
Piston ovality
Major thrust side area
Minor thrust side area
Masses
Piston mass
Pin mass
Connecting rod mass
Material and surface properties
Piston modulus of elasticity
Cylinder modulus of elasticity
Piston Poisson’s ratio
Cylinder Poisson’s ratio
Piston roughness
Cylinder roughness
Skirt/Land asperity radius
Skirt/Land asperity density
Piston/cylinder coefficient of friction
Skirt/Land hardness
Skirt/Land wear coefficient
Oil properties
Dynamic viscosity at 40 0C
Dynamic viscosity at 100 0C
Oil temperature in sump
Oil dynamic viscosity in sump
90.12 m
90.60 mm
90.077 m
50.00 mm
33.02 mm
-0.40 m
15.00 m
90.05 mm
3.35 mm
0.0 deg.
169.00 mm
-6.00 pm
2025.03 mm2
1775.25 mm2
296.32 g
90.96 g
755.14 g
69 GPa
100 GPa
0.33
0.21
0.23 pm
0.052 um
1.48E+11 m-2
0.39 pm
0.15
115 MPa
2.0E-7
102.40 CF
16.3 cP
80 0C
30.] CP
106
0
.0
2
u
10
4
-0
6
I h b h h h 0
5 0 5 0 5 0 56
1 1 2 2 3 3
FE: .Exm 6 a9 Eoc oocSmE
Profile height, [um]
720
m I _ I A _ I I
M. _ _ _ 2 . _ _
P" H u n n u u u
R Io
10_ _ _ , _ _ _ _ 1 3
m. _ . _ _ _ _ _ 6
1" u H _ H H u u _
n U u H n u u _ .0
1 ..---._1--1_I--u_1-1-1.1-1111--. ...... 1M
_ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _
m u _ H u u u _ 0
r _ _ _ _ _ A _ 4
p _ . _ _ . _ _
_ . . _ _ _ _ _
on n _ _ _ _ _ . _ 0
% I--_I-J_IITI-II_ ---“--IHIITIIMw
r. m m m m m n _ H
s u . _ u n u _
e ....... ..-- -m
r _ _ _ . _ . . _ 2
m. u H u u u H U _
Cl _ _ _ . _ ~ _ _
F _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m
IIII‘IIIILIIII.IIIITlll¥l||lL||li_I|||+nl.|J
. _ _ _ . _ _ _ n1
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _
u n n u u _ H u
_ . _ _ _ _ _ _
IIIIIIIIIII _IIII IIIkIIILIIIIFIII 11110
_r 1. _ ... _ _ _ a 9
. _ _ _ ~ _ _ _
u U u u u u U u
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F H _I H _ H p _ O
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
4 4 3 3 2 2 1 4|
Crank angle [deg.]
: Pressure traces
Figure 5.3
107
Minor Thrust Side
[K] 0
345 39 0 ~ 15
330 I 30
”e/ 38 ~§
\
\
. 2’30 ,0‘““ 75 Axial Location
. 2.41 S“. 'g: 90 :ismr:m
.g’llAwa" , 100 mm
0823...». I: +155 ...
-
\ ‘u’L' /
210 ‘ ‘=/ 150
195 165
180
Major Thrust Side
Figure 5.4: Cylinder bore temperature
0 Minor Thrust Side
Axial Location
-0—5 mm
—I -45 mm
100 mm
+155 mm
Major Thrust Side
Figure 5.5: Cylinder bore deformation
108
In the following sections a comparison is made between simulation results
obtained via different piston dynamic modeling approaches. The model that considers
piston secondary motion only in the thrust plane is referred to as 2-D, and the one that
considers motion in the thrust and wrist-pin planes is referred to as 3-D. The models that
consider second land interactions with the cylinder bore are referred to as 2-D/Land and
3-D/Land.
5.1.2 Predictions by 2-D and 3-D Models
' The pin eccentricity (Figure 5.6) and piston tilt (Figure 5.7) are not significantly
different between the two models. The total side force on the piston in the Xp-Yp plane
(Figure 5.8) also shows almost no difference between the two models. This is expected,
as motion and side loads in this plane are mainly dominated by the combustion gas
pressure, connecting rod orientation and the inertia of the system.
Figure 5.9 shows the motion along the wrist-pin. The piston is constrained at the
center of the cylinder bore in the case of the 2-D model. However, in the case of the 3-D
model the piston moves away from the cylinder bore and oscillates in that position with a
mean value of close to -3 pm. This is the result of the asymmetric bore deformation in
conjunction with the uneven thrust side areas. The motion in this plane is not dominated
by combustion gas pressure, connecting rod orientation and the inertia of the system, but
rather by the hydrodynamic and contact pressures developed on the skirt. Close to and
after firing the piston experiences the highest loads, consequently the highest skirt
deformation, thus the motion becomes noisy as it is very sensitive to skirt pressures.
109
.53 am éoEcmoom
0
a _ _ 3 a 2 a _ _ ah
_ _ _ _ ._ . _ . .
_ . _ . . _ . _
_ . . _ _ _ _
. . _ . _ _ _ . O
. . _ _ _ _ _ _ .
I: II.1111.111.11_ _ _ _ . 111%
_ _ . . _ _ _ _
. _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_ _ I . _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
0
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
1111.1111_1111_111.1111_1 11111 .111|.1111_1111M
. _ . _ . _ _
DD _ _ _ . _ . _ _
23 _ _ _ _ _ . _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
m _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ w
... ..1.1114|II...111flIIi.111|. 111111 _ 1111
fl _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4
m _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_ . _ _ _ _ . _
_ . . . _ _ . .
. _ _ _ _ _ _ m
111.11141114111411-.a|11 1.1111_111J1111
fl _ _ _ . . _ _ _ 3
_ . _ _ . _ _ _
_ . . . . _ _ _
. _ . _ . . _ _
_ _ _ . _ . _ _ . 0
. 11111111141II+111+II¢TIIIT|11.111111117
_ _ . _ _ _ . . _ 2
_ _ _ . . _ . .
. _ _ _ . _ _ .
. _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
_ _ . _ . _ _ . _ 0
1111.111L 11111 +1IIrIIITIIITIILIIILIIII8
. _ _ _ _ _ _ . . 1
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_ _ . . _ . . _ .
. . _ _ . _ . _ _
. . _ . . _ _ _ _
illLIItLIIIL 11111 rlilrnuLIIILaIILIII1O
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9
. . _ _ _ _ . _ _
_ _ . _ _ _ . . _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ Ir yr LI _ _ 0
5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
1 1 . A. ..1 2 9.. 0.3
Crank angle [deg.]
Eccentricity at wrist-pin level, Xp-YP plane
6
Figure 5.
TIIIII lull" Iallll IIIIII IIIIIIIII
[I'll
lllll
-50"---
6
720
630
270 360
180
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.7 : Piston tilt
110
X
Force, F [N]
4000
3500 -
3000
2500
_-_—_—
2000
_..—._.__
1 500
b_-___
1 000
————1
'1"_'T——-T'__T'-_-i--_
_______.._—_-—___ _.________.__—___.___._—_._4
.____._
500
-500
-1 000
270 360 450
Crank angle [deg.]
90 540
Figure 5.8: Total force in the Xp-Yp plane
This translation along the wrist-pin leads to a difference in the prediction of skirt
wear (Figure 5.10 and Figure 5.11). The 2-D model overall predicts higher wear on the
skirt. Also the predicted location of wear is different. On the minor thrust side, the 2-D
model predicts wear at the bottom right of the skirt only, whereas the 3-D model predicts
wear at the bottom left and right of the skirt. On the major thrust side, the 2-D model
predicts wear on the top left of the skirt. The 3-D model predicts this wear to be occurring
about 10 degrees closer to the center of the skirt. Consequently the 3-D model becomes
important when trying to predict piston wear, both in magnitude and location.
111
r 1 1 1 r 1 “T’_—_ ‘
0 . ' I I I I
: 1 : : 1:—--2c7
'__. -1 I— ————— : _____ 1 .............. 1 ___________ 1-. LEE...- 3D _4
E . . I . I I
3 | l 1 l l | l
or” I I ' I I I
.2; -2 —————— ——————————— ..... ,1 ..... s ........
E I A. I 1 III |
C 1 .l 1 \ 1 1 . fl 1 ’
8 1’ : 1. : :Ar" ? Fl .
" _____ 1____~T ''''' 1“ __£. __________ 1 —————— 1 _____
b’l/ 1 I I at I; I I \‘q
3 I I I F! I 1
'41 ..... z ...... ' ........ 311%-: -5 ..
0m ‘ Tao—T 17780 27 i 360 _ 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.9: Eccentricity along the wrist-pin
0 g .
E 10 E- 1|]
ES
Si 20 1 .5 20
>0" >
30 30
320 340 0 20 40 140 180 180 200 220
0p [deg.] 6,, [deg.]
(C) (d)
0 f - ~ 0 '
F“ 10 _q 10
E E
ii 20 ii 20
>"2 >"3
30 30
320 340 0 20 40 140 150 180 200 220
SF, [deg.] 6p [deg.]
Figure 5.10: Skirt wear (a) minor thrust 2-D model, (b) major thrust 2-D model,
(c) minor thrust 3-D model, (d) major thrust 3-D model
112
Ys [mm]
320 340 0 20 40
9p [deg.]
25 -
E
E.
>"’.
30 f
320 340 0 20 40
6p [deg.]
Figure 5.11: Skirt wear on minor thrust side (a) 2-D model, (b) 3-D model
2 .
"E"
E
>"’.
6 :
2 t
E
E.
>"3
6 i _
140 160 180 200 220
6? [deg.]
Figure 5.12: Skirt wear on major thrust side (a) 2-D model, (b) 3-D model
113
5.1.3 Z-D/Land and 3-D/Land Models, Fully Flooded Land Lubrication
When considering the second land interactions with the cylinder bore, the piston
motion changes in both Xp-Yp and Yp-Zp planes (Figure 5.13 to Figure 5.14) compared
to the motion predicted by the 2-D and 3-D models (Figure 5.6, Figure 5.7 and Figure
5.9). The piston tilt in this case becomes noticeably smaller and so does the eccentricity
at the wrist-pin level in the )(p-Yp plane. This is because interactions with the cylinder
bore extend all the way to the second land, compared to the 2-D and 3-D models that
consider interactions with the cylinder bore only at the skirt. These interactions at the
second land level cause the oscillations along the wrist-pin to become smaller, with a
mean value close to 3.5 pm. Also, the noise in the predicted motion disappears
(compared to the one predicted by the 3-D model) since the second land deformation is
assumed to be invariant to the hydrodynamic and contact pressures and the oil film
between the land and the cylinder bore provides a lot of damping.
Now, considering the wear on the second land the results are very different
(Figure 5.16). Both models predict about the same order of magnitude of wear. However,
the 2-D/Land model predicts the wear to occur from about 0 deg. to 180 deg., whereas
the 3-D/Land model predicts the wear to occur around the land’s circumference. The
maximum wear occurs around 90 deg., and more wear is predicted above the minor thrust
side than above the major thrust side. This agrees with cylinder bore deformation (Figure
5.5).
114
Es am éoscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.13: Eccentricity at wrist-pin level, XP-Yp plane
x10.3
ZD/Land
-°- - 3D/Land
E"-
E a s:
720
630
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.14: Piston tilt
115
0 E E i 5 : '
I I 5 . E —-—2D/Land
... -1-____.§ ...... 3 ______ E_____-I______I_-_L---'-'-3D/Land _-
E 1 . . I I ' I .
.3 I I I I .
or” i I I I
2‘ I I ' I I
:g 2 “““ 1 ““““ ; “““ I ““““““““
c . I ' I I I
8 . : : : : :
o 1 . ‘ . , .a’""~ .
w -3-———-—I—,.<':‘r--\——1 ————— 1 ...... {7.1—+5.1 _____
.1” 1 ‘1. 1’ E \.
/: '\\ ,/: : : ”x
-4» .................. \ -/.-.; ............. ,L .....
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.15: Eccentricity along the wrist-pin
(a)
0.
r—u 1 ’
E
E. 2
>7
3- 0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
9p[deg.]
(b)
0.
l—! 1 .
E
.E. 2
>7
3.
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
6p[deg.]
Figure 5.16: Second land wear predicted by (a) 2-D\Land and (b) 3-D\Land models
116
5.1.4 Dry and Fully Flooded Second Land Conditions
The assumption whether the second land lubrication conditions are either dry or
fully flooded affects piston motion and as a result wear prediction.
The motion in the Xp—Yp plane (Figure 5.17, Figure 5.18) is noticeably affected
during the intake, compression and exhaust strokes. During the expansion stroke where
the combustion pressure is very high, it dominates the motion; thus the effect of dry or
fully flooded lubrication at the land is minimal.
The amplitudes of the motion along the wrist-pin (Figure 5.19) increase, with the
piston oscillating at about -3.6 pm. In the case of dry lubrication conditions at the second
land (no damping from the oil film), the motion along the wrist-pin again becomes noisy
close to and after firing.
As far as the second land wear is concerned, the order of magnitude and location
of the maximum is about the same for both dry and fully flooded lubrication conditions
(Figure 5.20). However, under dry conditions more land wear is predicted above the
major thrust side.
117
—— SD/Land - Flooded
E3.— gm .EoEcmoom
720
630
450
Crank angle [deg.]
360
270
Figure 5.17 : Eccentricity at wrist-pin level, Xp-Yp plane
—— 3D/Land - Flooded
------- SD/Land - Dry
x10-3
1.5
69: n .5
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.18: Piston tilt
118
f / , fi ' l
'3 """ r‘ ' ‘7 ‘ ”“2; ‘7 “““““““““““ ",o/Zf‘mif' "; “““ d
: r/ 1. : v : 1 :
-3.2 —————— r-1’——--*----\~. ----- ' . *s: ----- ~
E 3 4 1! I 11 III
- , —————— ,1 ——————————— —————— ; ——————————————— ~ - — .;—;,- — - — 2
3- 1 I1 : ’I ‘11
0.: -3.6 “““ 1—/r """ r ““““ ‘1“ " — ' 5| ————————————— x I“ — ‘ m
_0 . / 1 1 1 1 1 \
S -3-8~ ——,“'—/--1- --- *“"“J'"IT 45—1— '—' —————————————— I- "‘__“
g 11 : : : ~. , : : 1 ~
UJ'"1_',W4,*\\ ____________ K7
,/ 1 1 ‘1‘] 1“ 1
«4.2—-,.£———'——--—-———--------J.\—:- ——————————— :--——1(~
1’ 1 . 1 : 2 a “a
«1.4L ~« . BD/Land - Flooded ~ - . — - — —: ————————————— 1 ----- a
. — SD/Land - Dry ' '
_46 g 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.19: Eccentricity along the wrist-pin
(a)
0 .
F! 1 ’
E
E. 2 »
>7
3 I
O 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
GP [deg.]
(b)
E
E.
S.
45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
0,, [deg.]
Figure 5.20: Second land wear predicted by (a) 3-D\Land - fully flooded lubrication
and (b) 3-D\Land - dry lubrication models
119
5.1.5 Analytical Results
As a first step in validating the results obtained via the 3-D/Land model, a
comparison is made between the predicted total force in the Xp-Yp plane and its
analytical evaluation from the dynamic analysis of the slider-crank mechanism. Given a
piston of mass m , accelerating at a , and loaded with a combustion force F g, the total
side force on the slider can be calculated via
Fx=(Fg —mpap)tan(—(0) (5.1)
where (a is the connecting rod orientation angle. It should be noted that this formulation
does not consider the connecting rod inertia and frictional forces between the piston and
the cylinder bore.
Figure 5.21 shows the hydrodynamic and contact forces as predicted by the 3-
D/Land model with fully flooded lubrication conditions at the second land. F x is the
predicted total force (the sum of the hydrodynamic and contact forces) and F x (slider-
crank) is the total force as calculated by (5.1). The two are closely correlated.
120
X
Force, F [N]
It is evident from the results that the motion along the wrist-pin becomes
The second land interactions with the cylinder bore have also been shown to be
3500
3000 . Fh — -
x
2500 ' cx - -
2000 _ ' Fx=th+ch “
-...-.- Fx(slider-crank)
1 500
1 000
500
o '1
-500 1' l . 1'
_1 000 1 I1 1 1 1 1 1
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 63
5.1.6 Remarks
model used.
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.21: Forces in the Xp-Yp plane
121
important when considering such new generation pistons, especially with cylinder bore
deformation being asymmetric. Despite the fact that piston eccentricity and piston tilt in
the Xp—Yp plane are almost invariant to the modeling approach (2-D or 3-D model), the
wear prediction is greatly dependent (magnitude and location) on the computational
important in determining the magnitudes of the transverse dynamics. Also the second
land modeling is crucial if one wants to predict wear on the land, a phenomenon that has
been observed to occur on pistons suffering from insufficient cooling. This problem
becomes more evident with the new generation pistons that utilize very thin rings to
decrease friction and inertia losses but at the same time handicap the cooling capabilities
of the ring-pack.
The debate amongst engineers is what lubrication conditions to use both at the
skirt and land interfaces with the cylinder bore. In this work the skirt was assumed to be
fully flooded. The second land was modeled with both fully flooded and dry conditions.
Both of these conditions predict similar piston dynamics during the expansion stroke
only, where combustion pressure dominates. Also the piston wear predictions are
different. This suggests that knowledge of oil availability at the interface is required for
accurate predictions.
122
5.2 High-speed Piston
In this section a high-speed racing piston is considered. The present piston was
failing during operation. A crack would appear at the edge of the valve pocket and would
propagate towards the top ring groove. This was detrimental to the piston operation.
Under some conditions piston material would break off, resulting in catastrophic engine
failure. The piston did not show any scuffing marks in that area that would suggest any
impacts with the cylinder liner. Table 5.2 shows the key dimensions and properties for
the high-speed piston.
5.2.1 Cyclic Stress Recovery
The piston was modeled in PIFEAD and the cyclic stresses were recovered.
Figure 5.22 shows the in-cylinder pressure for the two operating conditions of interest,
7500 RPM and 9000 RPM. The peak pressure at 9000 RPM is approximately 10 bar
lower than at 7500 RPM. Peak pressure at 7500 RPM occurs at 369 degrees and at 9000
RPM at 373 degrees.
Figure 5.23 shows the piston axial acceleration at the two engine speeds. The
acceleration at TDC at 9000 RPM is 14140 mS'2 higher than at 7500 RPM. This will
induce a difference in peak inertial load of 6052 N, given the mass of the piston is about
428 grams.
123
Table 5.2: High speed piston dimensions and properties
Geometric properties
Bore diameter
Stroke
Piston diameter
Piston height
Skirt length
Wrist-pin offset (x-coord.)
Wrist-pin y-coord.
Wrist-pin diameter
Cylinder bank angle
Connecting rod length
Center of mass, x-coord.
Center of mass, y-coord.
Masses
Piston mass
Pin mass
Connecting rod mass
Material and surface properties
Piston modulus of elasticity
Cylinder modulus of elasticity
Piston Poisson’s ratio
Cylinder Poisson’s ratio
Piston roughness
Cylinder roughness
Skirt asperity density
Skirt asperity radius
Piston/cylinder coefficient of friction
Skirt hardness
Skirt wear coefficient
Oil properties
Dynamic viscosity at 40 0C
Dynamic viscosity at 120 OC
Oil temperature in sump
Oil dynamic viscosity in sump
~106.25 mm
~82.50 mm
~106.06 mm
~45.90 mm
~31.30 mm
0.00 mm
~29.90 mm
~19.50 mm
45.0 deg.
~157.00 mm
~0.20 mm
~16.2 mm
~428.0 g
~80.0 g
~530.0 g
~81 GPa
100 GPa
0.33
0.21
0.23 pm
0.052 urn
1.48E+l 1 m-2
0.39 pm
0.15
162 MPa
2013.7
55.9 cP
5.4 cP
80 0C
13.5 cP
124
—---——1
Ilfillll
l
l
l
_7_-__._
T-—-_
_r__.___.r__
80——-——
0
7
a
:2: n. .0532“. .8532...
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.22: In-cylinder pressure
_ 7500 RPM
. —9000 RPM - I
——+-———-+—--———+—-
3
2
1
0
Frog 5:90.83.
630 720
540
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.23: Piston axial acceleration
125
Temp
Figure 5.24: Piston temperature distribution
Figure 5.24 shows the predicted temperature distribution. It was assumed to be the
same at both engine speeds. The high temperature concentration appears at the center of
the crown away from the valve pocket edge where the crack would form. This suggests
that high thermal loading might not be the reason for piston failure.
The stresses on the piston are recovered over the entire cycle. Here the principal
stresses due to thermal, inertia] and combustive loading are shown (Figure 5.25 to Figure
5.29). At the beginning of the intake stroke where inertia is high and in-cylinder pressure
is low, the piston shows some stress concentration at the edge of the valve pocket (Figure
5.25). At the middle of the compression stroke where inertia is low and pressure still
relatively low, the principal stresses are low (Figure 5.26) compared to the stresses at the
beginning of the intake stroke. Similar stress distribution is observed at the middle of the
expansion stroke (Figure 5.28). At 369 crank angle degrees where the peak in-cylinder
pressure occurs at 7500 RPM and coincides with high acceleration, a high stress
126
concentration of about 150 MPa is observed at the valve pocket edge (Figure 5.27) for the
first principal stress.
At 9000 RPM similar stress distributions and magnitudes are observed. Figure
5.29 shows the principal stresses at 373 crank angle degrees where the peak in-cylinder
pressure occurs at 9000 RPM. At this engine speed the stress magnitudes are comparable
to 7500 RPM, despite the fact that piston axial acceleration is much higher. This is
because the peak in-cylinder pressure at 9000 RPM is lower than at 7500 RPM. Thus,
when the contributions of axial acceleration and in-cylinder pressure to stress generation
at each engine speed are combined, they balance.
A closer look at Figure 5.27 and Figure 5.29 shows that the distribution of high
stress concentration at the valve pocket edge at 7500 RPM is slightly bigger. This
suggests that in-cylinder pressure dominates stress generation rather than acceleration.
To further understand the mechanisms of failure, the 3—D von Mises yield
criterion [68] is utilized. Figure 5.30 and Figure 5.31 show the von Mises yield criterion
applied to nodes lying up to 14 mm below the top of the crown. All the nodal stresses lie
within the 3-D cylinder satisfying the von Mises criterion.
Consequently, the above observations lead to the conclusion that crack initiation
and eventually failure at the edge of the valve pocket was not due to high stress loading.
Rather, it was a result of cyclic loading causing fatigue in that region and eventually
crack initiation.
127
02 [MPa
03 [MPa
Principal stresses - 7500 RPM, 0 cad
(up to 14 mm from top of crown)
Figure 5.25: Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 0 cad
[MP8]
Principal stresses - 7500 RPM, 270 cad
(up to 14 mm from top of crown)
Figure 5.26: Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 270 cad
128
01 [MPa] 02 [MPa]
0
2D
40
50
[MP8]
50
1(1)
150
200
Figure 5.27: Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 369 cad (peak in-cylinder pressure)
Principal stresses — 7500 RPM, 369 cad
(up to 14 mm from top of crown)
Principal stresses — 7500 RPM, 450 cad
(up to 14 mm from top of crown)
Figure 5.28: Principal stresses at 7500 RPM, 450 cad
129
[MPa]
5;;
03 [MPa]
50
1110
450
2(1)
Figure 5.29: Principal stresses at 9000 RPM, 373 cad (peak in-cylinder pressure)
Principal stresses — 9000 RPM, 373 cad
(up to 14 mm from top of crown)
—400
-200
03 [MPa]
O
l
'200 400
02 [MPa] ‘400 01 [MP3]
Figure 5.30: von Mises yield criterion 7500 RPM, 369 cad (peak in-cylinder
pressure)
130
-400
-200
03 [MPa]
02 [MPa] ‘00 6, [MPa]
Figure 5.31: von Mises yield criterion 9000 RPM, 373 cad (peak in-cylinder
pressure)
5.2.2 Progressive Wear
In this section the concept of progressive wear is introduced for piston modeling.
Progressive wear concerns design engineers across many industries, as it can affect the
coefficient of friction, surface roughness and oil retention capabilities of two sliding
surfaces over time.
Here an initial simplified model is proposed to investigate how wear affects the
frictional forces at the skirt-liner surface for the high—speed piston. It is hypothesized that
wear varies linearly over time. To further simplify the model, it is assumed that the
surface properties remain unchanged. Wear affects the clearance between the two sliding
surfaces.
131
The time space T is defined to be bounded by to and tf. It is divided into n
intervals and the PIFEAD simulation is performed n + 1 times. Wear is assumed to be
zero at to . The predicted wear is extrapolated linearly to the next time interval and
subtracted from the skirt profile height, thus changing the nominal piston-to-liner
clearance.
Let hw,i be the wear per cycle (height of material removed per cycle) at time t,- .
Then the wear (height of material removed), HW, at t,- + 1 is
T x Nx 3O
Hw,i+l = Hw,i + _T—hw'i 53)
where T is in hours and N is the engine speed in revolutions per minute. (3.76) at t,- + 1
now becomes,
h = c—[es, +(esb —es,)y—Ij:|cosfip —eZ sin 6,) +66 —55 —50 —5p + HW (5.3)
This model was used to examine the wear progression of the high-speed piston at
7500 RPM over an interval of two hours divided in 15-minute intervals, that is, T = 2 hrs
and n = 8. The simulations were performed considering a perfectly cylindrical cylinder
bore, i.e. no bore deformation.
Figure 5.32 shows the instantaneous skirt wear at the beginning of the simulation
at 1 hour and 2 hours. At the beginning the wear is concentrated at the center of the Skirt.
As it is extrapolated and a pocket forms in that region, the wear at 1 hour appears around
the center of the skirt. As time progresses, the wear appears to be random and at 2 hours
it appears as spots. This is because the extrapolation does not result in a smooth surface
as it is performed at each node individually. Consequently it forms peaks and valleys,
132
thus the spotted wear at two hours. It should also be noted that as time progresses the
magnitude of instantaneous wear decreases. This is typical for engine break-in.
Figure 5.33 and Figure 5.34 show the cumulative skirt wear at 1 hour and 2 hours
respectively. This wear appears to be very high and unacceptable under real operating
conditions. These high magnitudes arise because of the assumptions in the progressive
wear model. The wear is extrapolated linearly over the time intervals. At the initial stages
when wear is high, the extrapolation magnifies it even more. This suggests that much
smaller time steps are required in the progressive wear calculations to avoid this
magnification. Furthermore, it is assumed that surface properties remain unchanged. In
reality, as a surface wears, it polishes, thus becoming more resistant to abrasive wear.
Furthermore, as the surface polishes, its oil retention properties change. All these are not
accounted in the model, and so the model predicts overly high magnitudes of wear.
However, it is believed that the model is a good initial tool for understanding the
mechanisms of piston break-in. There is ongoing research to develop better extrapolation
models for progressive wear.
As an exercise for PIFEAD, the dynamics for this piston are investigated to
understand how progressive wear affects them. Figure 5.35 and Figure 5.36 show the
piston secondary motion in the thrust and wrist-pin planes respectively at time zero, 1
hour and 2 hours. In the thrust plane, as the skirt wear progresses, the amplitude of the
motions increases. This is the expected result as the skirt wear increases the piston to
cylinder bore clearance. Considering Figure 5.36 it can be seen that at time zero the
maximum amplitude of the translation along the wrist-pin is about 4 pm and occurs
around firing where in-cylinder pressure peaks. On the other hand, as wear progresses
133
and the generation of hydrodynamic and contact forces becomes more uneven, the
amplitudes of translation increase. At 2 hours even the frequency of oscillations
increases. This suggests that wear progression gradually yields an unbalance of forces in
the wrist-pin plane causing undesirable motion of the piston in that direction.
Mlnor, t- 0+
Major, t - 0’
E
._E_.
)0)
Mlnor, t-1 hr {um}, 103 Major, t- 1 hr
'5
E.
)3)
Minor, t- 2 hrs '3 Major, t- 2 hrs
7?
E.
>£D
320 340 0 20 40 140 160 180 200 220
an [deg .] 6p [deg .]
Figure 5.32: Instantaneous skirt wear
134
1......“ . om: .”?‘°'.“‘“f“.
1
10
15
‘20
‘25
‘ 30
séoszlo 6 2b 4b 1401601é02602é0
ep [deg.] 6p [deg.]
Figure 5.33: Cumulative skirt wear at 1 hour
' Mlvnor'thruvst . Vs [mm] . Major'thrust .
10
‘25
3503210 6 2‘0 4‘0 1401601s02602§20
6p [deg.] 6p [deg.]
Figure 5.34: Cumulative skirt wear at 2 hours
135
1.0hrs —
t
t
.53 am éoscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
(a)
0.015
0.01?
o 005 \ - - - -
o
-o.005 — is;
.8: a .5
Crank angle [deg.]
(b)
Figure 5.35: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt
136
360
270
Ea Nm .Eoscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.36: Piston translation along the wrist-pin
_ fit
..mnrsairtnt.
a _ _
llluov I'I-Jx .1 lllllllllllllll _
.Qnr '
«.....5.-- _N-
fl! I
m m 1...“...
r h h - - .1 - .
+ o. o. _
0 1 2 _
= __ =
t t t
1 m . -|_.. .........
. «
n . _
n . _
0 0 0
O 0 0
6 4 2
Z 2a 692 SEE
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.37 : Friction force
137
Figure 5.37 shows the total friction force opposing the piston axial motion. One
would expect this frictional force to decrease and gradually become constant from cycle
to cycle. In this case the friction increases at 1 hour compared to time zero and then starts
decreasing again at 2 hours, still being higher compared to time zero. This is again
attributed to the assumptions in the model. As wear is extrapolated and the piston-to-
cylinder bore clearance increases, the hydrodynamic pressures developed at the skirt drop
(3.69). This results in higher contact of the skirt with the cylinder bore to support the
piston. This can be seen in Figure 5.38: hydrodynamic forces decrease, contact forces
increase, but the total side forces on the piston remain unchanged.
The results obtained from this initial progressive wear model are not quantitative
rather they are qualitative. The predicted results satisfy the equations governing the
system. The progressive wear model is a good initial tool to investigate piston break-in. It
requires more research effort in order to improve the wear extrapolation model while
incorporating the effects of wear on surface properties.
138
m m m
_ a a
hh 7 _ _ z _
+ 00. . mm _ _
012 0 n u n _
-- __ __ __ 3 r + 0. O. ...... r ....... . ....... r ..... a
t tt 6 i O1 2 _ _ _
. _ __ __ __ _ _ _
_ . w o _ t..-.... u n _
n - 4 T . y llllll H- lllll _.|||l”.l'T lllllll
r ‘0 ... 5 _ n . _ _
jug / _ u H H
X llllllllllll fro-vol II wJ 1111111 _I. lllll _ IIIIIII . lllllll . lllllll
.m .m J 4 w .7 .._n- _. u _.
s a m n n ..u“ u u
e p I _ _ _ _
C ....... X -- L-- m n _ _ .
r m. ) . ....... _ ....... . ......... .. .......
O n 3 a a
f cl _ ( _ _ _ _
.l e _ _
mfll! l m Tlllh. m m i u _ _ _ ll
n 0 2C 7 IIIIIII _IIIIII-fi lllllll _ IIIIIII _II II
(I _ _ _ _
y t _ a . _ 39.
d C _ _ . .
m - m . m ........ ...... . 1.4-.4 .......
4| _ . _ _
y 0 . _ _ _ .
H C v _ n _
O _ _ _ _
IIIIIIIIII 1 T1111 9 rIIIIIILIIIIt I_ru..|IrII_III-|I_IIIIIII1
40 4. u _ n u
1 H 0 u u h
x 5 o a. o o .... a h _ a
1 0. 0. Jr 0 5 1 5. O 5 1
u m 1 O O-
Efien. .85”. x
a
516.85”. Z n. 85a
720
630
139
)
b
(
Crank angle [deg.]
Piston side forces in thrust plane (a) hydrodynamic and contact and
(b) total force
Figure 5.38
5.3 Assessing the Piston Performance of a Development Engine
Relative to a Production Engine
This section deals with the assessment and comparison of the piston performance
of a development engine relative to a production engine. Both are 2.0L 4-cylinder
engines. They will be discussed in more detail in Chapter 7. The simulations are
performed using PIFEAD at 3000 RPM WOT. The pressure traces at this operating
condition are shown in Figure 7.14. The key piston dimensions and properties are shown
in Table 5.3. The main difference between the two pistons is that the one for Engine 2 has
a dome-shaped crown to increase compression ratio.
Figure 5.39 shows the cylinder bore deformation at two axial locations (0 mm and
50 mm from the top of the cylinder) for the two engines. It should be noted here, that the
deformation for Engine 2 is eccentric relative to the cylinder center axis. It is biased
towards the positive direction in the wrist-pin plane.
140
+Engine 1:0 mm +Engine 2:0 mm
+Engine 1:50 mm +Engine 2:50 mm
Figure 5.39: Cylinder bore deformation for the two engines
14]
Table 5.3: Piston dimensions and properties
Engine 1 Engine 2
Geometric properties
Bore diameter ~87.50 mm ~87.52 mm
Stroke ~83.10 mm ~83.10 mm
Piston diameter ~87.47 mm ~87.49 mm
Piston height ~50.80 mm ~50.57 mm
Skirt length ~34.40 mm ~31.66 mm
Wrist—pin offset (x-coord.) ~ -0.80 mm ~ -O.60 mm
Wrist-pin y-coord. ~28.50 mm ~28.50 mm
Wrist-pin diameter ~22.00 mm ~21.00 mm
Cylinder bank angle 0.0 deg. 0.0 deg.
Connecting rod length ~146.25 mm ~146.25 mm
Piston center of mass, x-coord. ~ -0.30 mm ~ -0.50 mm
Piston center of mass, y-coord. ~16.0 mm ~13.0 mm
Masses
Piston mass ~0.300 kg ~0.320 kg
Pin mass ~O.l70 kg ~0.l70 kg
Connecting rod mass ~0.520 kg ~0.520 kg
Material and surface properties
Piston modulus of elasticity ~82.0 GPa ~82.0 GPa
Cylinder modulus of elasticity ~200.0 GPa ~200.0 GPa
Piston Poisson’s ratio 0.33 0.33
Cylinder Poisson’s ratio 0.30 0.30
Piston roughness 1.0 pm 1.0 pm
Cylinder roughness 1.0 pm 1.0 pm
Skirt asperity density 3.1E+9 m-2 3.1E+9 m-2
Skirt asperity radius 275.0 um 275.0 um
Piston/cylinder coefficient of friction 0.15 0.15
Oil properties
Dynamic viscosity at 40 0C 4156 CP 410561?)
Dynamic viscosity at 100 0C 6'0: CP 6' (7)0
Oil reference temperature 25 C 25 C
89.66 cP 89.66 cP
Oil dynamic viscosity at ref. temp.
142
The piston translation along the wrist-pin is shown in Figure 5.40. The two
pistons have similar motion. However, the piston of Engine 1 oscillates about the
cylinder bore center axis, whereas the piston of Engine 2 oscillates at about 8 pm from
the cylinder bore axis. This is because of the eccentric cylinder bore deformation of
Engine 2 shown in Figure 5.39. This again proves the necessity of piston dynamics
numerical models that consider translation along the wrist-pin.
12
l l l T T T l
‘0 “““ / “““ : """ """" : ““““
I i , t
.l\ I | I. ‘I\ I l
8 -' :‘3 : : in, I: \ : :
T’—“’_'l— _T—T _____ l" ----- —f_T—" ‘Tl TTTTT _l TTTTTT
E 1' : \L 1,- l V : “T‘x '-
.3 --J I ‘I ‘ ----- I \‘sJI l I -~-’I‘ ~~§5
of e —————— : ..... .' ..... L ..... : ..... 4 ..... Lu"; ......
,3 : : : : : : :
.o : : : : : _‘ ‘-
g 4 —————— I ----- «r ————— I— ----- l ----- +—--l Emlm‘I 5
§ I I I I i ----- EngIneZ
“‘ 2 a +: ' a + ' I
0 90 1 80 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.40: Piston translation along the wrist-pin
The piston secondary motion in the thrust plane is shown in Figure 5.41. The
higher in-cylinder pressure for Engine 2 forces the piston to move closer to the cylinder
liner. The two pistons have approximately the same skirt surface area. Thus the
hydrodynamic forces developed are not sufficient to support the piston, and it contacts
the cylinder bore for the extra support (Figure 5.43 a). This results in an increase in
friction for Engine 2 during the compression stroke (Figure 5.42).
143
.53 am .asscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
a)
(
----- Engine 2
5
4L.
as; a a:
Crank angle [deg.]
)
(b
Figure 5.41: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt
144
300
200
_ 100
E
2‘
LL
6 o
e
.9
“g 400
.‘g
‘L -200
-300 :- Z“
400 i i 4 r l I I
o 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.42: Friction force
During the expansion stroke, the two pistons are closer to the major thrust side
and also tilted towards it. This creates a wedge effect and thus high hydrodynamic forces
pushing the pistons away from the major thrust side. The Engine 1 piston experiences
higher hydrodynamic forces. Thus it is pushed more heavily on the minor thrust side,
resulting in higher contact. Despite this, the hydrodynamic shear dominates and the
Engine 2 piston experiences higher friction during the expansion stroke (Figure 5.42).
145
Hydrodynamic forces
Engine 1
---- Engine 2
Z .2”. .85”.
Contact forces
TI.
.IIuII Ill '1' ill
i'lulllll Illllll
2000
0-
-1000——--—
Z a”. .85”.
Crank angle [deg.]
(a)
1|
----- Engine 2
5000
Z x“. .85”.
450 540 630 720
270
180
Crank angle [deg.]
b)
(
Figure 5.43: Piston side forces in thrust plane
(a) hydrodynamic and contact and (b) total force
146
Figure 5.43b shows the total forces for the two engines. During intake and
exhaust strokes, where the in-cylinder pressures are low, the two pistons experience
similar loads in the thrust plane. The difference in side loads appears after the middle of
the expansion stroke and lasts for most of the expansion stroke.
Overall the two pistons are similar in performance. The difference is only noticed
during the compression and expansion strokes where the Engine 2 piston experiences
higher frictional loads. With everything being equal, this is the expected result as the in-
cylinder pressure of Engine 2 is higher. This implies that piston design should be
improved in order to maintain the same performance as Engine 1. This can be achieved
by designing a lighter piston to make up for the frictional losses.
147
5.4 Wear Prediction for a Heavy-duty Diesel Engine Piston
In this section a heavy duty-diesel engine piston is modeled in an attempt to
predict the mechanisms causing wear. The specific piston was showing wear on the
inboard side of the engine block (Figure 5.44). This could be either the major or minor
thrust side depending where the piston is mounted, on the left or right bank. It is
hypothesized that gravity might play a role in this phenomenon, as the masses of the
piston, wrist-pin and connecting rod are significantly high. Wear would tend to occur at
cold conditions when the engine was idling at no load.
Table 5.4 shows the key piston dimensions and properties used in the model.
Figure 5.45 shows the in-cylinder pressure trace at 750 RPM, no-load condition. Figure
5.46 shows the cylinder bore deformation used for the simulations.
LEFT RIGHT
Major
\
'\
‘0
\
\
'\_
\
\
\
\
\
\O
\
\
\
'\
'\
'\
'\
'\
'\
.\I
C
Figure 5.44: Engine block configuration
Minor Major
148
Table 5.4: Heavy-duty diesel piston dimensions and properties
Geometric properties
Bore diameter
Stroke
Piston diameter
Piston height
Skirt length
Wrist-pin offset (x-coord.)
Wrist-pin y-coord.
Wrist-pin diameter
Cylinder bank angle
Connecting rod length
Piston center of mass, x-coord.
Piston center of mass, y-coord.
Masses
Piston mass
Pin mass
Connecting rod mass
Material and surface properties
Piston modulus of elasticity
Cylinder modulus of elasticity
Piston Poisson’s ratio
Cylinder Poisson’s ratio
Piston roughness
Cylinder roughness
Skirt asperity density
Skirt asperity radius
Piston/cylinder coefficient of friction
Skirt hardness
Skirt wear coefficient
Oil properties
Dynamic viscosity at 40 0C
Dynamic viscosity at 100 OC
Oil reference temperature
Oil dynamic viscosity at ref. temp.
~158.70 mm
~190.00 mm
~158.60 mm
~16l.00 mm
~118.50 mm
0.00 mm
~112.10 mm
~65.00 mm
30.0 deg.
~320.00 mm
~0.00 mm
~60.50 mm
~6.900 kg
~2.450 kg
~10.130 kg
~159 GPa
10] GPa
0.29
0.25
4.0 pm
3.0 pm
1.32E+8 m-2
35.0 pm
0.15
1689 MPa
7.17E-8
91.98 cP
13.14 cP
150 0C
4.15 cP
149
———l-———~—~-—J
tea m. .9335 6.05.3.5
720
630
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.45: In-cylinder pressure at idle (750 RPM) no-Ioad conditions
150
300.. ...........
Deformation [um]
—l
O 01
O O
' f
\I 2
:\
i i
A
or
o
l
X
i
200_ ......... ........... /. ......... -
Bore height [mm]
250.“; ........... ........ g; .......... .......... .......... ......... _
3 § § Minor
300...........E .......... § .......... ..... ---Major ..-
350 i i 4' i i L i
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Bore deformation [pm]
0))
Figure 5.46: Cylinder bore deformation (a) three-dimensional and
(b) along cylinder bore length at minor and major thrust sides
151
5.4.1 Skirt Compliance
The skirt compliance for this piston is calculated as described in Section 3.2.1,
(3.9) and (3.11). The diagonal terms of the skirt compliance C are plotted in Figure 5.47.
The skirt for the specific piston is flexible in the middle and more rigid around the edges.
The skirt tail is very flexible. At around 100 mm there is a low flexibility region
extending across the skirt. This is induced by a reinforcement behind the skirt and this
could be a potential reason for wear appearing in that region.
Compliance Minor thrust ys [mm] Major thrust Compliance
-3 - q 0
1 20
. 40
- 60
.- 80.
‘100
320 340 0 20 40 140 160 180 200 220
an [deg .] 6p [deg.]
Figure 5.47: Skirt compliance of the heavy duty diesel piston
152
5.4.2 Investigations on Skirt Wear
In order to investigate the mechanisms that cause skirt wear, different cases were
examined. Table 5.5 lists these cases.
Table 5.5: Simulation cases
Description
Case 1 Bore diameter = 158.70 mm, Bore temperature const = 373 K
Case 2 Bore diameter = 158.65 mm, Bore temperature const = 373 K
Case 3 Bore diameter = 158.65 mm, Bore temperature as Figure 5.48
Case 4 Bore diameter = 158.65 mm, Bore temperature as Figure 5.49
These cases were chosen in order to investigate how the magnitude of bore
deformation and bore temperature, in conjunction with gravity, affects skirt wear.
Because of engine packaging, the inboard side is likely to get hotter faster than the
outboard side. Thus it was chosen to be hotter (Figure 5.49) in Case 4. The simulations
were performed assuming initial stages of engine start. Thus the piston was assumed not
to have undergone any thermal deformation.
153
[K1 0 [deg.]
385,»
30
380/
’1
75/
w
@3311”
150
90
180
Cylinder height
—0 mm
-—50 mm
—90 mm
-—120 mm
—240 mm
—332 mm
Figure 5.48: Symmetric temperature distribution decreasing along cylinder bore
length
IK] 0
/ [deg-1
420 3“.
80¢ ~\\ 50
180
Cylinder height
—0 mm
—50 mm
—90 mm
— 120 mm
—240 mm
—332 mm
Figure 5.49: Asymmetric temperature distribution, hotter imposed on the inboard
side of either bank
154
5.4.2.1 Case 1
The results obtained from Case 1 are shown in Figure 5.50 to Figure 5.52. Under
these conditions the piston does not show any wear on either bank. It is purely supported
by hydrodynamic forces.
Figure 5.50 shows the piston secondary motion in the thrust plane. It is evident
that gravity affects piston motion. The piston on the left bank moves much closer to the
minor thrust during the compression stroke. Similar tendency is seen during the exhaust
and part of the intake stroke. Also, the piston on the right bank is tilted more toward the
major thrust side throughout the cycle than the piston on the left bank. This suggests that
in the event of contact gravity, will tend to promote wear on the inboard side.
Figure 5.51 shows the piston translation along the wrist-pin. The piston oscillates
at about 148 pm from the cylinder bore center axis. This is because the cylinder bore
deformation used is eccentric along the wrist-pin plane. This is once again a proof that 3-
D piston dynamics numerical models are necessary.
155
_Eé am .EoEcooom
Crank angle [deg.]
r---——i
—- Right bank
Left bank
(a)
:8; n a:
720
630
270 360 450
180
90
Crank angle [deg.]
(b)
Figure 5.50: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 1
156
L___.~—I
— Right bank
Left bank
llll'l'llrllvlll
—r---——-r—-----r
l’"“"
lllll
ilillli
11111
152
_
_
b
8
4
1
Es w 56:28me
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.51: Piston translation along the wrist-pin, Case 1
8000
_ a
_ _
_ _
_ _
_ .
IIIIII PIIIIILIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIl
_ . _ .
_ _ . _
u n U u
_ _ _ .
r- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII . IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
_. ._ _ .
_ . _ _
u u _ n
_ _ . _
IIIIII ..IIIIILI IIII_IIIIIITIIIII IIIIIL
_ _ . _
_ _ _
_ . _ _
U n U
_. i. r H
_ _ _
. _ _
_ _ .
-Mka ..... .. ............ _. ..... :4
a n. _ _
b a. . _
mb_ _ U
imam ...... ......
RL“ " u u
_ u _ n n
_ _ _ . .
I _IIIIIIIL IIIIIIIIII _IIIIIIP IIIII L
_ L _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _
u U u . U
_ _ _ _ _
_ L _ _
0 0 O O 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
O 0 0 0 0
Z x”. .85".
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.52: Piston total side force, Case 1
157
Figure 5.52 shows the total piston side forces, which in this case are purely
hydrodynamic. The peak side force occurs at 380 cad on the major thrust side. Figure
5.53 shows an analysis of the side loads on the piston. Here the mass of the connecting
rod is ignored. At a V-angle of 30 degrees the weight component for the piston is 44 N
and for the wrist—pin is 12 N. At this crank angle and operating condition, the piston
assembly requires approximately 6845 N to be supported. As a result the major thrust
side of the piston on the right bank experiences higher loading than that of the piston on
the left bank in order to counterbalance gravity.
Figure 5.54 shows the actual piston from the second cylinder on the left bank of
the engine run at no load. In this case the piston shows no wear marks. The marks on the
major thrust side are caused by the scouring effect of the oil when it is pressurized to
support the piston. This is consistent with the predictions of Case 1, no wear marks from
contact, and high hydrodynamic pressures on the major thrust side.
at 380 cad
2F = 6840 N
Lefi
Figure 5.53: Side force analysis at 380 crank angle degrees
158
(b)
Figure 5.54: Typical loading on left bank with the engine run at no load
(a) minor thrust side and (b) major thrust side
5.4.2.2 Case 2
For the second case the cylinder bore nominal diameter was reduced by 50 pm.
This was done to investigate how fluctuations in bore diameter which occur during
operation affect piston skirt wear. This decrease in bore diameter reduces the amplitudes
of piston secondary motion in the thrust plane (Figure 5.55) compared to Case 1 (Figure
5.50). The general trends of the motion are equivalent.
159
Crank angle [deg.]
(a)
270
Left bank
1 80
Es am éoscmoom
— Right bank
Left bank
_r_____[_....___
x10
4_-
:09. n .E
Crank angle [deg.]
(b)
Figure 5.55: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 2
160
100 - - -
0 1 f .
-1OO —————————— k————~%———
-2oo . : ------
z ; ; 2 s a
a" '30” . “”“T """ : """
a)“ 1 I 1 I
9 '400 . it “““ f """
o l l l I I
LL 1 I | l
-500 ' —————— l ------ ‘-
-soo ' a —————— ------
' -—Rightbank .
'700 ! Leftbank _______ 5 ______ T """""
O 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.56: Skirt contact forces, Case 2
In this case there is also some skirt contact (Figure 5.56). The contact appears
right before and after the BDC, and it is significantly higher on the minor thrust
independent of the cylinder bank. A closer look at the wear distribution (Figure 5.57 and
Figure 5.58) shows some wear on the major thrust side as well. On the left bank, where
the major thrust side is on the inboard side, the wear magnitude is higher compared to the
right bank. Similarly, the wear magnitude and distribution is higher on the minor thrust
side of the right bank, which is on the inboard side. This is consistent with the hypothesis
that gravity makes the inboard side more volnerable to wear.
161
Mlnor thrust 1’8 [ram] Major thrust
. . 20
- . 40
‘ 60
~ 80
.100
320 340 0 20 40 140 160 180 200 220
9,, [deg.] 9p [deg.]
Figure 5.57: Skirt wear, left bank, Case 2
Mlnor thrust Vs [ram] Major thrust Wear
‘ 20
‘ 40
L . 60 4
‘ 80
‘100r
320 340 0 20 40 140 160 180 200 220
GP [deg.] 9p [deg.]
Figure 5.58: Skirt wear, right bank, Case 2
5.4.2.3 Case 3
For Case 3 the cylinder bore temperature profile was changed. The temperature
was assumed to be constant circumferentially and decrease along the cylinder bore
162
length, (Figure 5.48) with the highest at 383 K and the lowest at 370 K. The piston
secondary motion (Figure 5.60 compared to Figure 5.55) does not seem to be greatly
affected by this temperature gradient along the bore length.
The skirt contact (Figure 5.59) with the cylinder bore appears at the same stage of
the cycle before and after BDC. The peak contact force magnitudes, though, are lower
here (compared to Case 2 Figure 5.56). This is because the oil temperature at the bottom
of the cylinder is 3 K lower for this case than Case 2. Since the oil is more viscous, it can
support higher loads. The skirt wear distribution (Figure 5.61 and Figure 5.62) is also
very similar to the one predicted in Case 2.
100 ----- r ----- r"""""—r—""r""‘
l I l
--‘—-—-————-r
-100
X
-200 . —---: ------ : —————— .___ . —-——: ----- 4
Force, F [N]
‘300 T”: """" I ““““ i “““ I““'"‘ ‘ ‘—“‘E """ "‘
-----FightbankL
'400 Left bank
l l
l l | l
l l I
_500 l r l L r
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.59: Skirt contact forces, Case 3
163
Ea am éoscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
(a)
—- Right bank
Left bank
x10
:8; n .5
720
630
Crank angle [deg.]
(b)
Figure 5.60: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 3
164
AMCDbUWONCO
Ammbimmwoo
Minor thrust
vim
so
‘40
‘80
* 100
320 340 0 20 40
9p[deg.]
m] Major thrust
140 160 180 200 220
6p[deg.]
Figure 5.61: Skirt wear, left bank, Case 3
‘20
‘40
'60
‘80
* 100
320 340 0 20 40
6p[deg.]
Minor thrust Vs [mom] Major thrust
140 160 180 200 220
epjdeg.]
Figure 5.62: Skirt wear, right bank, Case 3
165
5.4.2.4 Case 4
For Case 4 a temperature profile for the cylinder bore was used in order to
account for a hotter inboard side (Figure 5.49). The temperature was also decreasing
along the cylinder bore length. This profile was chosen because of engine packaging. The
inboard sides are not exposed to the ambient air so are likely to heat up faster than the
outboard side after engine start. This assumption yields some interesting results.
The piston eccentricity at wrist-pin level (Figure 5.63 a) differs significantly for
the two pistons. The piston on the left bank is very closer to the major thrust side, which
is the inboard side. The piston on the right bank is closer to the minor thrust side, which
again is the inboard side. This is due to the lower viscosity of the oil on the hotter side
which gives rise to lower hydrodynamics forces. The piston tilting (Figure 5.63 b) does
not show such noticeable differences as the eccentricity. During the compression stroke,
the tilting for the piston on the right bank is biased toward the minor thrust side compared
to the piston on the left bank. This was not the case in Case 3. Again, the higher oil
temperature on the inboard side causes this change.
The hotter inboard side also affects piston motion along the wrist-pin (Figure
5.64). In Case 1 it was observed that the pistons on the two banks had very similar
motions in this direction. However, the difference in piston eccentricity (Figure 5.63 a)
forces the pistons to seek and find a new equilibrium in the wrist-pin plane.
166
m
a _ d _ _ fl
_ _ . _ _ 7
_ . _ _ . _
_ _ _ _ _
..... u ..... ..... m
_ _ . _ _ 6
_ . . _ _
u . u H H H
T---”- ..... u ..... _ - ----- w
_ _ _ . _ _ 5
_ _ _ . _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _
_ . _ _ _ _
l---“- ..... H ..... ..... w
_ _ _ _ 4
_ . _ . _
_ _ _ . _
. _ _ . _
. _‘Ill‘ll‘ll‘ _ O
r I - IIIIIIIIII L IIIII _ ----- Pia-Ire
_ _ . . _ _ 3
. _ u m n _
_ _ _ _ . _
..... ..... u ..... k -m
u _ _ n “ menu 2
. _ _ b a
_ _ _ _
mb
_ _ _ _ _
----- r---_--- -- -----.nIu%-w
_ _ _ _ RL 1
u u n
_ . _ — O
-----_.---L_-- ..r..... ---_ ..... -9
u n _ _ u
. L . _ _ _
. _ _ _ _
P L L L L r O
O 0 O O 0 0 O O
2 .- ..- 2 0 4 ....
Ea no 565503
Crank angle [deg.]
—— Right bank
Left bank
.8: n .2:
450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
(b)
Figure 5.63: Piston secondary motion in thrust plane
(a) eccentricity at wrist-pin level and (b) piston tilt, Case 4
167
O
5
4
0
6
H 3
_ u m
_ _ _n
_ _ _ _aim 2
_ . _ _ _b a
_ \r _ _ _mb
IIIIII “- ---_---.--I-”II--_-.nlawrm
I u _ ” ”RL 1
a . . _ .
. _ _ _
_ _ _ .
IIIIII rillll I IIIII_I-IIII,-— 1%
u u _ _ “ll-I
_ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ .
_ _ _ _ _
_ F a _ p 0
4| 0 9 8 7 6 5
5 5 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 1 4| 4| 4| 1
Es Na éoscmoom
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.64: Piston translation along the wrist-pin, Case 4
___.___.
Ill-l. lulll
...--- .L-__._-L
Right bank
Left bank
.111
1
—
l
—--4—-————I—~———+-—-—rr———-——r———-—-—«
____r_
_--__J_
600
400~---——
200.-----
Z x“. .85“.
-1000
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 5.65 : Skirt contact forces, Case 4
168
Furthermore this case shows significant contact force magnitude on both thrust
sides, on the major for the piston on the left bank and on the minor for the piston on the
right bank. Both of these are the inboard sides.
The predicted skirt wear is shown in Figure 5.66 and Figure 5.68 for left and right
banks respectively. Figure 5.67 and Figure 5.69 show a typical piston loading pattern on
the piston that has just initiated scuff when run at no load on the left and right banks
respectively. For both cases the predicted results show consistency with the ones obtained
from testing.
For the piston on the left bank (Figure 5.66) wear is predicted towards the top of
the major thrust side as well as towards the bottom. This is consistent with the skirt
flexibility shown in Figure 5.47; the skirt is more flexible around its center, thus it would
be less likely to wear there. Similar loading is seen from tests (Figure 5.67). The piston
from the test, however, shows a higher distribution of wear on the major thrust side. It
should be noted that the predicted results were obtained on certain assumptions. The
actual cylinder bore deformation and temperature profiles at this operating condition
were not available. The predicted results also show some minute wear on the minor thrust
side, whereas the one from tests shows no wear on this side. This predicted wear is so
small (~1.0E-7 pm) that it is assumed negligible.
For the piston on the right bank (Figure 5.68), wear is predicted on the minor
thrust side towards the bottom of the skirt with some very low magnitude wear on the
major thrust side. A similar pattern is seen on the minor thrust side of the test piston
(Figure 5.69); however, again it shows no wear signs in the outboard major thrust side.
169
Wear -7 Minor thrust y [mm] Major thrust Wear _7
I 1 20 .
- 1 40
t r 60
. 80 .1
-100
320 340 0 20 40 140 160 180 200 220
GP [deg.] 9p [deg.]
Figure 5.66: Skirt wear, left bank Case 4
(b)
Figure 5.67: Piston wear on left bank (a) minor thrust side and (b) major thrust side
170
Wear _ . Minor thrust Vs [ram] Major thrust
10 ‘ 20
_ 8 - . 40
6 ‘ 60
. 80
.100
320 340 0 2O 40 140 160 180 200 220
an [deg.] 6p [deg.]
Figure 5.68: Skirt wear, right bank, Case 4
(a) (b)
Figure 5.69: Piston wear on right bank (a) minor thrust side and
(b) major thrust side
171
(b)
Figure 5.70: Wear marks on cylinder liner (a) left bank bottom of major thrust side,
(b) right bank bottom of minor thrust side
Figure 5.70 shows the wear marks from the cylinder liner of the test engine from
both left and right banks. The wear marks appear at the bottom of the liner on the major
thrust side on the left bank and on the minor thrust side on the right bank. The location of
these marks suggests that wear occurs when the piston is at BDC which is consistent with
the prediction of contact forces at Cases 2, 3, and 4.
Figure 5.69 suggests that the numerical model predicts the location of wear
slightly lower on the skirt from where it is observed in tests (Figure 5.70). It is
hypothesized that this is due to one of the known limitations of the model. In some
engine designs, the piston skirt drops below the cylinder bore at BDC (Figure 5.71). For
the specific engine the piston drop is about 20 mm which is consistent with the location
where wear is observed. Once the skirt drops below the cylinder liner, there is no
generation of hydrodynamic or contact pressures. The pressures, though, developed in the
region surrounded by the cylinder liner can lead to moments which favor tilting about the
wrist-pin and thus making the inboard side more vulnerable to wear.
172
In the present numerical model, the piston drop is ignored. It is assumed that the
skirt is always surrounded by the cylinder bore. Hence, when the piston is at BDC,
hydrodynamic and contact force are generated until the very bottom of the skirt. Hence it
is believed that this limitation causes the predicted wear to appear lower on the skirt than
the observed wear from engine tests.
Piston at
BDC Cylinder
length
E—wj-I-I
Ll"
Figure 5.71: Piston drop
173
5.4.3 Remarks
These numerical experiments and the observations from tests lead to some
conclusions. Gravity can make the inboard side of V-engines more vulnerable to wear no
matter if that side is the major or minor thrust side. This is magnified in heavy-duty diesel
engines where the mass of the piston assembly is significantly high compared to light-
duty engines. Also these heavy—duty engines are usually operated at low speeds, 750-
1500 RPM, which makes piston inertia less dominant over gravity compared to light-duty
engines which operate at higher speeds.
Cylinder bore deformation can promote skirt wear. A 50 um change in the
nominal cylinder bore diameter which effectively changed the cylinder bore deformation
profile resulted in skirt wear.
The oil temperature distribution can greatly affect the prediction of wear. It has
been observed that a careful selection of the cylinder bore temperature distribution profile
can yield results which are comparable to ones observed in tests.
The piston drop, despite the fact that it has been ignored so far in the model,
appears to be a crucial factor in the correct prediction of skirt wear.
All these suggest that in order to make definitive conclusions for the root causes
of skirt wear in this engine, accurate representations are required for the cylinder bore
temperature and deformation distributions at these operating conditions. Furthermore, the
numerical model needs to be improved to account for piston drop.
174
CHAPTER 6. AN OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHM FOR PISTON
SKIRT PROFILES
6.1 Introduction
Internal combustion engine design is driven by several goals, most notably
improving efficiency and increasing user comfort. Achieving these goals is greatly
affected by piston design. An important aspect of piston design, affecting both efficiency
and comfort, is the design of the piston skirt profile. The piston skirt is the part of the
piston below the oil-ring groove; it acts as a bearing surface supporting the reciprocating
piston within the cylinder bore. A well designed, barrel-shaped skirt profile can help
reduce piston slap (noise) and skirt friction, both important factors contributing to engine
efficiency and user comfort. The skirt achieves this by aiding in the build-up of
hydrodynamic pressures, facilitating support of the piston within the center of the
cylinder, and avoiding slapping on the cylinder bore walls. The design of the skirt profile
is critical. Too high a profile can lead to severe contact between the skirt and the cylinder
bore, which will result in the loss of power. The optimal shape profile balances piston
slap and skirt friction and can improve engine efficiency and user comfort significantly.
In this chapter the optimization of the skirt profile of a piston of a 3.0 liter engine
mounted on a single cylinder research engine is discussed. The optimization is performed
using an adaptive response surface method, tailored specifically to piston skirt design.
The relation between skirt profile and piston performance involves complex, non-
linear behavior. Supporting the analysis of this behavior, a number of piston performance
175
simulation software implementations are in use in industry as well as in engine research,
e.g. [6, 16, 57, 81, 82, 29, 74, and 53]. These models consider the effects of the skirt
profile but treat profile height as prescribed input, usually provided as 2-D coordinates
along the skirt length. The models are quite effective in analyzing piston performance,
but they are complex, computationally intensive, and available to practicing engineers
primarily as black-box software packages. Thus formal optimization of piston skirt
profiles is difficult to perform.
Since piston performance simulations are carried out using black-box software
packages, optimization of skirt profiles needs to be performed on surrogate models. The
interested reader is referred to [64] and [72] for a thorough review of surrogate modeling
techniques. In this work the pseudo-adaptive response surface method (pARSM) is
introduced, tailored specifically to solve the piston skirt profile optimization problem.
The method is a variation of the adaptive response surface method (ARSM) presented in
[71] and [70]. The modifications introduced here are designed to address issues that arise
specifically in piston skirt design and to simplify the procedure while retaining much of
its basic structure, balancing ease of use with efficiency and mathematical rigor.
6.2 Overview of Piston Modeling and Performance
The assessment of piston lateral dynamics, which define piston slap and skirt
friction, requires the solution of a highly nonlinear problem. The interested reader is
referred to Chapter 3 for a detailed analysis of the piston dynamics problem. Here the
most relevant results used in the evaluation of the performance of a piston skirt design are
included.
176
The piston position within the cylinder directly affects the oil film thickness
(Figure 6.1). For small tilt angles ,8 the oil film thickness h is given by,
h = ho — 5 (6.1)
In (6.1) ha is the oil film thickness due to the elastohydrodynamic effects. It is a
function of several variables, including the cylinder diameter (dcyl), the piston skirt
nominal diameter (dn), the eccentricity at the wrist pin level (ep), the piston tilt (,6) and
the elastic deformations of the skirt and cylinder bore (65 and 6b), i.e.,
ho a 0(dcyl,d,,,ep,,6,6s,5b) (6.2)
The variable 6 in (1) represents the height of the skirt profile. This is the design
variable in the optimization problem considered in this work.
dcvl
Figure 6.1: Representation of skirt profile and oil film thickness
177
All parameters appearing in (6.1) and (6.2) affect the piston transverse
acceleration EP and the piston angular acceleration ,B . High magnitudes of the transverse
and angular accelerations suggest higher impacts of the piston on the cylinder wall. This
leads to energy losses in the form of noise and increased discomfort for the vehicle
occupants. Consequently, in standard practice the root mean square (RMS) values of
accelerations are used to measure the performance of the piston skirt as it relates to piston
slap. Here the function ARMS in (6.3) will be used as the objective function in the design
problem.
1 720 2
1
fl 0 [ap(h(a),a)L-1] +[,B(h(6),6)]2d0 (6.3)
V2
ARMS =
In (6.3) L is the skirt length, used to normalize the transverse acceleration. The
integral is evaluated over a full four-stroke cycle, which is 720 crank angle degrees.
The net friction work on the skirt is an additional measure of piston skirt
performance. A high profile typically leads to a low A RMS but in general (depending on
engine geometry and operating conditions), it also leads to an increase in the net friction
work on the skirt due to excessive contact with the cylinder bore. This is undesirable, as it
can result in an increase in the net power loss of the engine, as well as increased wear of
the skirt and cylinder bore surfaces. Thus a constraint will be imposed on- the net friction
work on the skirt,
5 720
W,-, =-7—23 O Ff(h(6),a)d6 (6.4)
178
Here s is the total distance traveled by the piston over a cycle and Ff is the total
friction force on the skirt. Using piston transverse and angular accelerations and friction
work on the skirt to assess piston performance is standard practice.
The engine configuration used for this work is the spark-ignition engine used in
[48] and [49]. Some of the main engine and piston data are shown in Table 6.1. A
cylinder bore deformation is considered in the simulations as described in [48]. Analysis
is performed using PIFEAD (Chapter 3) as the modeling software.
A PIFEAD simulation can be performed considering a rigid, a semi-elastic or an
elastic piston. A rigid piston simulation assumes that the piston experiences no
deformations. In the case of a semi-elastic piston simulation the piston experiences
deformations due to thermal, inertial and combustive pressure loads; however, its
deformation is invariant to the hydrodynamic and contact loads developed at the skirt
surface. An elastic piston simulation considers the piston deformations due to the skirt
loads. Such a model is computationally very expensive compared to the other two, as the
problem becomes highly nonlinear. Fortunately, results obtained by semi-elastic and
elastic simulation are comparable, and therefore in the following sections the semi-elastic
piston model is used.
Table 6.1: Engine and piston data
Piston skirt nominal diameter, d" = 90.0 mm
Piston pin offset = —0.4 mm
Cylinder bore diameter, dcvl = 90.03 mm
Stroke = 90.6 mm
Connecting rod length = 169.0 mm
Coefficient of friction (piston-cylinder bore) = 0.15
Engine speed = 3000 RPM
179
6.3 Optimization Problem
6.3.1 Design Variables 1n Piston Skirt Design
To represent the geometry of the skirt profile a quartic polynomial interpolation is
used. A schematic of the skirt profile is shown in Figure 6.2. The design variables are the
skirt profile parameters no, a], a2, a3 and a4, defined as follows:
a0 is the profile height at the top of the skirt
a, is the profile height at the bottom of the skirt
a2 is the location along the skirt length where the skirt profile height is at
maximum
a3 is the skirt profile maximum height, and
a4 is the first derivative of the profile at the top of the skirt.
The piston nominal diameter (1,, is measured at the widest point on the skirt, that
is, at (12 where the skirt profile height is maximum. The skirt profile local coordinate
system (xS-ys) on a final production piston is referenced on the piston nominal diameter,
thus on a reference skirt profile (13 = 0. During the optimization process (13 can vary and if
the optimal value deviates from zero, this would result in a change of the piston’s
nominal diameter. The parameters a0, a1 and a3 can take both negative and positive
values; 02 and a4 can take only positive values. Using these variables the skirt profile can
be readily described by a quartic polynomial of the form
601,) = C0 + Cl y, + C2,»? +C3y§ + C4)»: (6.5)
180
In (6.5) ys is the skirt coordinate along its length, and C0 to C4 are coefficients
that can be derived as explicit functions of the five design variables and the skirt length.
Their definition is included in Appendix A.
“0
—+ k—aO
1“— . ' 5 (ys) 0— 5 (VS)
: : 6(0) = 04
E E 03/
jL ' ' L |<—
Z' “I H- “1
Y3 Y5
(a) (b)
Figure 6.2: Skirt profile described by a quartic polynomial (a) skirt profile
coordinate system referenced to the piston nominal diameter, (b) design variables
6.4 Geometric Constraints
A constraint has to be imposed on 5(ys) in (6.5) to ensure that the profile is
always barrel-shaped. One way to achieve this is by imposing a constraint on the first
derivative of 5(ys). For instance, a constraint that requires that the discriminant of the
first derivative of 5(ys) be negative guarantees that the profile 5(ys) has only one
stationary point [45]. The discriminant of a general cubic polynomial of the form,
f(x) =c3x3 +62x2 +clx+co is
D3 (f) =c12 cg ——4c0 6% —4c]3 c3 +l8c0c1c2 c3 —27c3 C32 (6.6)
181
and the first derivative of 5(y5)is given by
61y.) =C- +2C2 ys +3C3 y? +4C4 y?
Combining (6.6) and (6.7) results in the desired constraint.
6.4.1 Problem Formulation
(6.7)
The performance of the piston is measured by the functions ARMS and Wfr,
defined in (6.3) and (6.4). In the present formulation the RMS acceleration is used as the
objective function, while a bound on the maximum allowable friction work is imposed as
a performance constraint. Formally, the optimization problem is:
Optimization Problem
Find a ={a0,al,a2,a3,a4}T E R5 that
l I720
Minimize ARMS =[7—20-
(6.8)
Subject to g] (a) = Wf, -me S 0
g2(a)=D3(§’(ys))+ESO
amin SaSanrm
182
O [ép(h(6),0)1:‘]2+[fi(h(6),9)]zd6]
)6
The complexity of the simulation models required to evaluate ARMS and Wf,
prevents the solution of the optimization problem, (6.8), directly. Instead, its solution is
sought through the use of a surrogate optimization problem where the piston performance
measures ARMS(a) and Wf,(a) are replaced by surrogate functions ARMS (a) and
Wfr (a) . The surrogate optimization problem is:
Surro ate timization Problem
. T 5
Flnd a={a0,al,a2,a3,a4} E R
Minimize ARMS (a) (6.9)
Subject to g, =Wf, (a)—Wma,x _<.0
g2(a)=D3(§'(ys))+£SO
amin SaSam
In (6.8) and (6.9), 3min and amax represent lower and upper bounds on the
design variables. These bounds are selected based on the nominal piston to cylinder bore
clearance and on the operating conditions. Wmax is the maximum allowable net friction
work done on the skirt. In the absence of severe contact between the skirt surface and the
cylinder bore, hydrodynamic shear dominates friction. Thus, friction work varies linearly
with engine speed, and therefore Wmax is selected based on the operating condition.
Typically, the bound Wmax is set to a lower value for lower engine speeds because at
these speeds hydrodynamic shear is low. Higher friction values are allowed at higher
183
speeds because hydrodynamic shear is higher and thus Wmax is increased at these speeds.
Constraint 32 guarantees that feasible skirt profiles have only one stationary point (e is a
small positive number, e.g., 0.005). Functions ARMS (a) and Wf,(a) are the surrogate
functions, respectively, for the acceleration and the friction work, constructed as
described in the following section.
6.4.2 Skirt Profiles Described by Other Equations
6.4.2.1 Non-Uniform Rational Basis Splines
The skirt profile can alternatively be defined by Non Uniform Rational Basis
Splines (NURBS). The NURBS are well known for their ability to represent freeform
surfaces mathematically. They are widely used in computer graphics and computer-aided
design (CAD). A NURBS curve, Q(x) is defined by its order, k, its control points, Bi, its
weights, w, and a knot vector, t.
ZWIBINI,k (x)
Q(x) = IZWINM (x)
(10)
where Ni, k is the ith basis function of order k, given by
I If ti S x S ti+1
0 otherwise
(11)
(x—ti)Ni,k—l (x) + (ti+k _x)Ni+1,k-1(x)
Ni k (x) =
’ ti+k-I ‘0 ti+k —’-'+1
For a thorough discussion on NURBS the reader is directed to [56].
184
Conic sections can be described by quadratic NURBS curves, and the knot vector
for a curve with three control points is given as,
t={0,0,0,1,1,1} (12)
A conic section is used to describe the NURBS skirt profile shown in Figure
6.3(a). The control points appear as 3-D coordinates; however the third coordinate
corresponds to the weight, B,- 0’5, 6(ys), w,). The two control points at the edges have a
weight of 1. As before, a0 is the profile height at the top of the skirt, a] is the profile
height at the bottom of the skirt, and a2 is the location along the skirt length where the
skirt profile height is at maximum. In this case (13 is the position of the third control point
along 5 (ys), and a4 is the weight of the third control point. No further constraints are
required in this case, and by varying these five variables the shape of the profile changes,
always being barrel-shaped. The disadvantage of this profile is that with three control
points it is very difficult to obtain an adequate curvature.
The curvature of a NURBS profile with four control points as shown in Figure
6.3(b) can be much easier controlled. However, the design variables increase to eight, as
the extra control point introduces another three and in turn the cost of optimization.
The advantage of this type of profile is that NURBS would not require a
geometric constraint and any random combination of design variables would yield a
barrel-shaped profile, as long as their upper and lower bounds are selected carefully.
185
L1 1 >)(p
l 'J
BO(O,ao, 1) [I J]
L I
II II
o
va
(a)
I. I' >X13
[ J
['1 1.] Bow-00.1)
u 1 - 5 (ys)
B2(512 , a3, a4)
(b)
Figure 6.3: Skirt profile described by NURBS with (a) three and
(b) four control points
186
6.4.2.2 Barrel Equation
The barrel equation is also widely used to describe skirt profiles. Starting from the
generalized equation (6.13) of a barrel formed by parabolic segments symmetrical about
the midplane, (6.14) can be derived describing the skirt profile shown in Figure 6.4. Such
a profile again has only five design variables: the piston nominal diameter Rn, the radii at
the top and bottom of the skirt, r, and rb, and the effective heights of the top and bottom
parts of the barrel shape, h, and hb. As with the NURBS profile, a careful selection of the
limits of the design variables eliminates the need of any geometric constraints.
2
flys)=R-- Mia-£0 (6.13)
l,_ 2
(t Rn);2ys hr) Ys
nd (unconstrained) designs and rejects those that violate
constraint g2. If n is sufficiently large, it is always possible to find the nd gz-feasible
designs within the initial set. If more than nd gz-feasible designs are found, points with
smaller values of the distance function dl-j =”x,~ —xj” , j > i are rejected. This simple
idea degrades the quality of LHD as a space-filling design, but, from experience, without
ill consequences.
In this application, when the resulting set of initial designs is used as a starting
design library for surrogate-based optimization, both strategies yield solutions of similar
performance. When only a small number of sampling points is used (nd small), the max-
min strategy tends to fill the boundaries of the design space first, while the simpler LHD
strategy produces more uniform spatial distributions.
6.5.3 Adding a Point to an Existing Set
On occasion it may be necessary to add a new point to an existing set of nd-l
designs. In the case of strategy (1.) above, this is achieved using a modified max-min
augmentation strategy, simply by solving Problem Snd above to find xnd . Alternatively,
an augmented LHD strategy with filtering, (consistent with (ii) in Section 6.5.2) may be
used. In pARSM, addition of new points is necessary only as prescribed in Section 6.6
(item vi).
192
6.6 The Pseudo-Adaptive Response Surface Method
This section outlines the pseudo-adaptive response surface method (pARSM),
developed to solve the piston skirt profile optimization problem. The method is a
variation of the adaptive response surface method (ARSM) method presented in [70].
Both ARSM and pARSM are iterative heuristics.
ARSM progressively reduces the size of the design domain by finding new
bounds at each iteration. This reduction is accomplished through separate optimization
problems that require the solution of Zn additional nonlinear optimization problems at
each step, where n is the number of design variables. ARSM also implements a search
algorithm to place the new LHD-generated points in the underrepresented regions of the
reduced design space.
pARSM is designed to address the specific features of the piston skirt design
optimization problem (6.8). In pARSM the design space is not reduced but only adjusted.
This eliminates the need for intermediate optimization problems and simplifies the
algorithm. The adjustment in the design space takes place through:
0 The addition to the design library of solutions of the surrogate
optimization problem (6.9) that improve upon the current design library.
- Adjustments to the allowable range of the design variables Ia = [amim
amax]
0 Corrections to the relative importance of the data points within the
surrogate approximation using IRLS .
193
At each pARSM iteration, one point in the design library is replaced and the
surrogate model is updated. A descent (merit) function ‘1’ is used to check the quality of
candidates to enter/leave the library,
‘1’(a) = ARMS (a)+7][max(g1 (a),0)] (6.21)
where I] is a scaling factor. It is selected based on the performance values of a reference
design, described later. Constrainth does not appear in ‘1’ since all candidates satisfy g2.
This is an outline of the pARSM iterative procedure:
i.
ii.
iii.
To start the algorithm, an initial range Ia = [amim amax] is prescribed and
the initial design library is built using one of the strategies described in
Section 4.2. The performance of each member of the library is evaluated
by invoking the piston analysis model (a total of nd function evaluations).
Let D = {al,..,a,,d } be the current design library and let ‘1’, represent the
“merit” of the i-th data point in the library, i.e., ‘1’,- E‘I’(a,-). Each
iteration of the pARSM algorithm starts with the construction of the
current surrogate model using D, as described in Section 6.5. The quality
of the approximation is monitored and adjustments to the model are made
using IRLS (Section 6.5.1) if necessary. This identifies designs with large
residual errors and assigns them low weights. As a result, designs with
large residual errors will have less impact on the solution of the surrogate
optimization problem (6.9), performed in the following step.
The surrogate optimization problem, (6.9), is solved using the current
surrogate model. An off-the-shelf gradient-based algorithm (from
MATLAB’s optimization toolbox) is used for this purpose. The bounds
194
for the Optimal design variables are defined by the range Ia . Let a* be the
solution. a* is a candidate design that may replace an element of the
design library D. The performance of a* is evaluated by invoking the
piston analysis model.
iv. The element in D with highest value of ‘I’ is removed from the design
library D.
v. If ‘I’( a* )5 ‘1’,- for all a, e D ( a* is “better” than any point in D), a* is
accepted and added to D. The design variable range la is tightened to
match the maximum and minimum values of entries aj in elements in D.
Otherwise,
vi. If ‘1’( a* ) > ‘1’,- for some al- 6 D ( a* is “worse” than some point in D),
a* is discarded. The design variable range la is tightened to match the
maximum and minimum values of entries aj in elements remaining in D.
The augmentation strategy described in Section 6.5.3 is used to generate a
new point a . The performance of a is evaluated by invoking the piston
analysis model and s is added to D if ‘I’( a )S ‘1’,- for all a,- e D. If an a
that is “better” than any point in D is not found within five new point
generations, the process is stopped.
The process is repeated from (ii) for a prescribed number of iterations or function
evaluations or until no improvement in the merit function is observed.
195
6.7 Selecting the Interpolation Model in Piston Skirt Design
Second and third order polynomials are evaluated to assess which surrogate
model order is adequate for the piston skirt profile optimization problem. In each case,
nd = "b + r0und( rib/2 )
data points are generated (recall that nb is the number of regression coefficients). This
number of data points was chosen to avoid surrogate models close to saturation
(saturation occurs when the number of data points equals the number of regression
coefficients, twenty-one for the second order polynomial or forty-six for the third order
polynomial). Sampling points are generated using the LHD strategy with filtering
described in Section 6.5 .2. The data were obtained using a semi-elastic piston model with
an engine speed of 3000 RPM.
Table 6.2 shows the statistics for the two polynomial orders for both the objective
function and the normalized constraint on the friction work. It is observed that
(i) The second order polynomial seems to approximate the objective
(acceleration) function better, as it has slightly higher standard and adjusted coefficients
of determination (R2 and R3), a lower standard deviation (6' ), and a lower maximum
estimated standard error (max 895). However, it has a slightly larger range for the
normalized residual (rmax - rmin) than the third order polynomial.
(ii) The approximation of the constraint on the friction work, as measured by the
coefficients of determination (R2 and R3 ), is of better quality than that of the objective
function. In this case the third order polynomial outperforms the second order polynomial
196
in all the performance measures except for the range of the normalized residual (rmax -
rmin).
For the present set of data points both polynomial fits return an R; value well
above 0.9. In pARSM, in cases where R: is below the desirable target of 0.9, the
response surface will be refitted using the IRLS algorithm. Typically, once the pARSM
iteration starts and the worst data points are discarded, the least squares method is
sufficient in approximating the performance functions. It has been observed that using
either a rigid or a semi-elastic piston model at lower engine speeds, the R3 value may
drop below 0.9 when approximating the friction constraint.
Table 6.2: Surrogate model statistics
2nd order RS 3rd order RS
"b 21 46
"d 32 69
Objective function
R2 0.985 0.983
R3 0.957 0.950
6' 26.529 26.995
’min -l.861 -1.610
" max 1.049 1.007
max Beg 24.105 26.302
Normalized constraint, g]
1122 0.996 0.997
R; 0.990 0.991
0'" 0.018 0.016
mm -1.038 -1 .475
r max 1.397 1.488
max Ees 0.017 0.016
197
In terms of computation time, the second order polynomial clearly outperforms
the third order model. For the cases studied here, 1.8 hours of computations (in an Intel
Core 2 Quad 2.66 GHz processor personal computer) and 57 function evaluations were
needed to perform one optimization using the second order polynomial model, while 3.2
hours and 100 function evaluations were required by the third order polynomial model.
In summary, in simulations using a semi-elastic piston model, the third order
polynomial surrogate model is more computationally demanding and does not provide
substantially superior approximations of the relevant performance functions when
compared to a second order model. In rigid piston, lower engine speed simulations (not
reported here) the third order model was found to be slightly better but the difference is
not significant to justify the additional complexity. Furthermore, numerical experiments
have shown that the third order model may lead to a design space of more complex
topography and this occasionally results in convergence failures in the gradient—based
algorithm used to solve the surrogate optimization problem. For these reasons, the third
order model should be used with caution.
6.8 Skirt Profile Optimization
This section presents the skirt profile optimization results for a piston from a 3.0L
production engine mounted on a single cylinder research engine, as predicted by pARSM.
Starting from a reference profile, the goal is to find an improved skirt profile that will
reduce piston slap and keep the net friction work done on the skirt below a prescribed
level. The acceleration function A RMS is used as the indicator of piston slap.
198
The results presented here are for the engine operating at 3000 RPM (medium
speed), where it spends most of its time. The peak in-cylinder pressure at 3000 RPM is
47.05 bar (medium load). For this operating condition the net indicated work is 636.7
.l/cycle per cylinder. It is estimated that about 1% of this work is lost at the skirt, which
amounts to about 6.4 J/cycle of friction work.
In order to reduce computational effort, the piston is assumed to be semi-elastic,
that is, it can deform due to thermal, inertia] and combustive pressure loads, but its
deformation is invariant to the hydrodynamic and contact loads developed at the skirt-
cylinder bore interface (a PIFEAD elastic piston model simulation for this piston and
operating conditions requires about 25 times more computer time than a simulation that
uses a semi-elastic model).
The results are compared with the performance of the piston with the reference
skirt profile
amf ={—110.5 -42.6 20.43 0.0 0.0133}T
This profile is similar to the design used in a 6-cylinder engine in a popular passenger
automobile in production until very recently. For this profile, at 3000 RPM,
A0 —966 02 ‘2 0 —
RMS— . s and Wfr—6.551/cycle.
In the optimization the maximum allowable net friction work done on the skirt,
Wmax, is set to 6.5 J/cycle, seeking to reduce the acceleration performance of the
reference design without significantly increasing the friction. The lower and upper
bounds on the design variables are set to
am,,,={—125 —60 17 —10 0.01}T
199
amax={—95 —30 22 10 0.035}T
These bounds are chosen having knowledge of the magnitudes of cylinder bore and skirt
deformations and also that the piston will have to operate over a range of engine speeds.
Typically a higher profile is required at lower engine speeds. Variables a0, a], and a3 are
in micrometers, a2 in millimeters and a4 is non-dimensional.
The results are summarized in Table 6.3. Optimization was performed using a set
of 32 initial data points and a second order polynomial surrogate model, referred to as
SPO32. A solution was also obtained with 69 initial data points and a third order
polynomial surrogate model approximation, referred to as SPO69. The results show how
significant reductions in piston slap and friction work result from the optimization of the
skirt profile. The objective function was reduced to about 70% of the reference skirt
profile value, while the friction work was kept within desired limits, regardless of the
order of the surrogate model approximation used. Both approximation strategies produce
similar results, with differences of only 1.3% in ARMS- In both cases the friction
constraint was active at the optimum. It is noted, however, that in numerical experiments
using a rigid piston model, engine speed at 1000 RPM and Wmax = 6.5 J/cycle, the
friction constraint is often inactive.
The optimal profiles are displayed in Figure 6.5. Compared to the reference
profile, they are higher at the top and bottom of the skirt but lower at mid-skirt. This
results in a decrease of the piston’s nominal diameter and a looser fit of the cold piston
within the cylinder bore. At the operating temperature however, the reduction in skirt
profile height balances the skirt thermal expansion and deformations due to combustive
and inertial loads, to yield an enhanced performance. Also, the more plateau-like skirt
200
profiles allow for the build-up of higher hydrodynamic pressures, which limit lateral
accelerations.
The design variables a0 and a1 approach the upper bound in the optimal solutions.
This suggests that the profile could become even higher at the top and bottom of the skirt
if the bounds were relaxed, perhaps improving performance. However, since the profiles
were optimized only for a specific engine operating condition (3000 RPM), it is
important to retain the bounds to exclude designs that may be poor performers over a
range of operating conditions.
Figure 6.6 and Figure 6.7 show the acceleration and friction work results
graphically for the reference and the SPO32 optimized profiles. The improvement in
performance achieved with the optimal skirt profile is identified in the optimized design
by the smoother acceleration traces over the cycle and lower amplitudes. The optimized
profile results in a decrease of about 4 N in the peak friction value.
Figure 6.8 shows the iteration history of (true) acceleration (ARMS) and friction
(Wfr) values at each pARSM iteration for case SPO32. Note that the first optimal design
(obtained from the first solution of the surrogate problem (6.9) and the initial set of 32
design points) is infeasible (Wf, = 6.872 J/cycle). After 22 iterations, convergence to a
design with a minimum ARMS = 671.6 5'2 and feasible (but active) friction constraint
(Wfr = 6.499 J/cycle) is achieved. Figure 6.8 also shows that reducing acceleration and
friction are competing objectives in this problem.
Figure 6.9 shows the iteration history of the merit function (‘1’*) of the best design
in the library after each pARSM iteration. Flat portions of the curve represent time spent
201
by the algorithm improving the quality of the approximation. Overall, steady
improvement is observed until pARSM converges to the final design.
Table 6.3: Summary of results
SPO32 — Optimal profile
SPO69 — Optimal profile
REFERENCE DESIGN 2nd order surrogate "d = 32 3rd order surrogate "d = 69
ARMS / 4*RMS / A*RMS /
w0 / w w* / w W" / W
r max r max r max
AORMS f AORMS f AORMS f
1.0 1.008 0.695 0.9998 0.713 0.9955
Total function evaluations: 57
Total function evaluations: 100
-110.50, -42.60, 20.43, 0.0,
-97.l9, -3l.48, 17.20, -8.69,
-95.13, -35.58, 21.99, —9.99,0.0153
0.0133 0.0153
0 ..... - g-
5 r -
E
‘-; 10» .
.E'
x
5’.’ ----- Reference \
o 15 ~ \ -
8. —_ SP032 \‘
E " """ SP069 ‘1
g 20 ~ -‘
l
a
s 25— , -
.725 x
o
30 - -
3? 1 1 1 1. 1
- 20 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0
Profile height, [um]
Figure 6.5: Skirt profiles, reference (SP1) and optimized (SPO32 and SPO69)
202
-5000 . . . . . .
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle, 6, [deg.]
(20
-5000
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle, 9, [deg.]
(b)
Figure 6.6: Transverse and angular accelerations in the reference
(a) and optimized SPO32 (b) profile
203
30 -
15 . -
Z
G)
8 O
O
u.
C
.9.
a
*5 -25 r —
l.—
‘-
----- Reference \x’
— Optimized SP032
_50 1 1 r
O 180 360 540 720
Crank angle, 9, [deg.]
Figure 6.7: Total friction forces in the reference and optimized SPO32 profiles
740 . "r 9
9 Q‘
,' ' “ ' ARMS
720» f b ., ,2’ t.
l .\ .- CI ’1 \* is Wfr
700» ‘ , - ~8
NH 1 ' ‘-
(é) 680 r ,’ g .' 1' .. . ‘ g3:
11: .' ‘. - 9 ‘s ».- O o
< . ’ - '
e f of ’
660* h\ l f *7
1k: 1"." {I
lit: ’ j. )1 I' "I l‘ is
640r gar—+1 is g" i—f‘ striker: x :6.5
“' b
620 A 4 L ‘ g
0 5 10 15 20 2
pARSM iteration
Figure 6.8: pARSM iteration history for the SPO32 profile
204
0.82 . W 4 . . .
0.80 —
0.78 ~ ~
0.76 . 3. -
0.74 r l .‘ o 1
O...
0.72 _
'. o o q
s
0.70» o o 0.. ~
‘0.
l
0 5 10 15 20 25
pARSM iteration
.—
0.68
Figure 6.9: Best merit function in design library at each pARSM iteration for the
SPO32 profile
6.8.1 Robustness of pARSM
In order to test how sensitive pARSM-produced designs are to the initial set of
design points, ten experiments were performed where in each case iterations were started
from a different set of 32 design points. Points were generated randomly using the LHD
strategy with filtering. The results from these optimizations are reported in Table 6.4 and
in Figure 6.10. The piston skirt profiles (Figure 6.10) and their performance is very
similar across all ten runs. The normalized objective function values (A *RMS/AORMS) are
within a maximum deviation of 0.013 from the mean value of 0.680, and in all cases the
friction constraint is active.
205
The data reported in Table 6.4 is now used to look into more details of the
performance of the pARSM while solving this piston design problem. One measure of the
success of a pARSM optimization run may be expressed by comparing the performance
of the final design with the performance of the best feasible design in the initial set of 32
points, i.e., the quantity
$1111}, ARMS (at) - ARMS (3*)
e = '60 O (6.22)
ARMS
In (6.22) D0 is used to denote the initial set of 32 points, excluding infeasible
designs. From the results in Table 6.4 we note that improvement is achieved in all runs,
ranging from a small improvement of about 9% in run 5 to a maximum improvement of
about 25% in run 9.
Additional insight into the performance of pARSM can be gained from the ratios
\11*/IlJ*-1. Here ‘1’* is the final value of the merit function while 11151 is the best value of
‘1’ in the design library after solving only the first surrogate model problem (6.9).
Improvement is achieved in all cases: on average, ‘1’ is reduced to about 36% of its first
optimal value, ‘I’*s1 . The ratio ‘I’*/‘I’*,1 could also be interpreted as a measure of how
‘close’ the initial surrogate optimization solution is to the final answer in function space.
It is noted that there appears to be little correlation between this ’distance’ and the
number of function evaluations required to bridge it. For instance, 14 function
evaluations were needed to reduce \11*.1 to 5% of its value in run 9, while after 49
evaluations ‘1’* is still 35% of 81*,1 in run 10.
206
Table 6.4: Summary of optimization results at 3000 RPM
A *RMS / W*fr/ 9* / Evaluations
Run e *
AOR MS Wmax 1p ,1 after the first 32
1 0.676 1.000 16.36 % 0.058 20
2 0.679 0.999 21.10 % 0.946 11
3 0.672 1.000 1 1.39 % 0.983 11
4 0.671 1.000 12.51 % 0.189 11
5 0.704 1.000 9.07 % 0.274 40
6 0.689 0.993 12.60 % 0.054 14
7 0.684 0.995 20.45 % 0.380 47
8 0.667 1.000 12.12 % 0.046 25
9 0.665 0.999 25.50 % 0.050 14
10 0.696 1.000 16.82 % 0.646 49
E —~—— Optimal 1 \ .¥
2; 10 ~ Optimal 2 J
% ‘ ‘ Optimal 3
«5 15) Optimal 4 g
8. Optimal 5
E * Optimal 6
g 20“ Optimal 7 ‘
8 - Optimal 8
g 25 ~ Optlmal 9 -
1’ O timal 10
D — p —— j?"
30 l / i “
3? 4 g l '
- 00 -80 -60 -40 -2O 0
Profile height, [pm]
Figure 6.10: Skirt profiles
207
6.8.2 Effects of IRLS
It was observed in numerical experiments with the reference piston that IRLS
does not engage in problems where conditions are set at medium to high engine speeds.
This is because at these speeds there is sufficient build-up of hydrodynamic pressures at
the skirt surface to support the piston within the center of the cylinder bore, and this
avoids contact. However, at lower engine speeds some skirt profiles produce excessive
contact. When this occurs there is a sharp change in the friction function and this results
in large errors in the surrogate model. Usually, a small number of the initial designs will
be such skirt profiles. When building the surrogate model, these designs return large
residual errors and cause IRLS to engage and assign to them low weights. Such designs
would never be desirable because of their high friction work values. They are infeasible
and far away from the constraint boundary.
In order to investigate the effect of IRLS at low engine speeds, ten skirt profile
optimizations at 1000 RPM were performed, representative of idle conditions. Under
such conditions noise induced by environmental factors (wind, road surface) are minimal
and thus engine noise becomes more noticeable. At 1000 RPM, the reference profile
yielded performance values 14ng =173.09 8’2 and W2: 2.37 J/cycle. Taking into
account these values, the bound Wmax was set to 4.0 J/cycle, significantly higher than
the reference value of the friction work, seeking a significant reduction in A RMS and thus
in engine noise. In all runs, the friction constraint was inactive.
The optimizations were run by building surrogate models using both IRLS and a
standard least squares method (LS). The initial 32 designs were the same in both cases. A
summary of the results is shown in Table 6.5. In the table, N,- denotes the number of
208
pARSM iterations when IRLS was engaged and Nf denotes the number of function
evaluations after the initial 32. IRLS engaged sometimes at every pARSM iteration,
sometimes only during the first few pARSM iterations. Using IRLS often reduced the
number of function evaluations, sometimes significantly, without much degradation of
design performance (in run 5 IRLS required ten additional function evaluations, but it
reached a design with about 18% lower objective function value, suggesting that perhaps
in this run pARSM with the LS algorithm stopped too soon).
In summary, IRLS was not needed at moderate or high speeds, and at low engine
speeds it led to a slightly lower number of function evaluations. Convergence was to
solutions that are not significantly different from those obtained from the standard least
squares method. The optimal profiles obtained from run 3 are shown in Figure 6.11,
showing that in this run the two solutions are very similar, even though the LS method
returns a better objective function. Finally, it is emphasized that while the behavior
reported was typical of the piston design optimization problem, the observations do not
allow for any claims to be made regarding the performance of the IRLS algorithm in a
different context.
209
Table 6.5: Summary of optimization results at 1000 RPM
IRLS LS
* *
A /
Run Ni Nf A (l)?MS / Nf 5M5
A RMS A RMS
1 6 1 1 0.540 12 0.540
2 l l 45 0.528 56 0.547
3 l8 19 0.581 34 0.532
4 7 0.538 40 0.522
5 7 21 0.539 1 1 0.655
6 l 1 11 0.530 1 1 0.530
7 10 10 0.525 55 0.527
8 6 6 0.602 10 0.608
9 12 35 0.528 32 0.545
10 16 16 0.546 34 0.544
0 ‘5--;~ 1 T
5 P ~§§§~~~~~ _,
E
—; 10 ~ a
E
x
(D
a 15 “ ----- Reference ‘
.9 . — LS
E - ' """ IRLS a
20
..9-3
a)
0
g 25 — -
.52
D
30 l— 2
35 L 1 L 1’ ‘. 4 1
-120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 15
Profile height, [pm]
Figure 6.11: Skirt profiles obtained from optimization 3 at 1000 RPM
210
6.8.3 Optimal Profiles at Different Operating Conditions
In this section a skirt profile optimization is performed at an engine speed of 5000
RPM (high speed) and the optimal profile is compared to the solutions found at 1000
RPM and 3000 RPM.
At 5000 RPM the reference profile yielded 14ng = 2859.48 3'2 and W19, = 10.84
J/cycle. Here Wmax is set to 12.5 J/cycle, considering the already high acceleration and
friction values of the reference design and the time spent at this operating condition. This
is expected to lead to a significant reduction in the ARMS value, and accordingly, to a
reduction in the engine induced noise.
The performance values of the optimal profile are shown in Table 6. The friction
work constraint is active, even though the bound Wmax was set higher than the friction
work value for the reference design. This implies that a further reduction in the ARMS
value can be achieved by relaxing the friction constraint.
Figure 6.12 shows the optimal profiles obtained at the three different operating
conditions. These profiles show the importance of selecting the bounds (3min and amax)
in order to have a high performance profile over a range of speeds. At lower speeds a
relatively higher profile is required, whereas at higher speeds the competition between
the objective function (A RMS) and the constraint (Wfr) determine the height of the profile.
A production piston, however, can have only one profile. This gives rise to the
necessity of optimizing the skirt profile over a range of operating conditions. Such an
optimization is beyond the scope of this work, but in future work it could be included by
modifying pARSM to handle multiple objectives, as there would be one A RMS and one
211
Wf, value for each engine speed of interest. A less complex approach would be to apply
weights for each operating condition based on its duration to allow for a single objective
function.
Table 6.6: Summary of results at 5000 RPM
REFERENCE DESIGN 5000 RPM — Optimal profile
0 W0 A*RMS / =1:
ARMS /A RMS fr/ Wmax A0 W fr/ Wmax
RMS
1.0 0.867 0.563 1.000
Total function evaluations: 46
-1 10.50, —42.60, 20.43, 0.0, 0.0133
-95.22, -30. 16, 17.40, -5.21, 0.0183
10
15
..... . 1000 RPM, Wmax=4.0 J/c.
._ 3000 RPM, W =6.5 J/C.
max
Distance from top of skirt, [mm]
\
\
\
‘1
20 ” - ...... 5000 RPM, W =12.5 J/c. { “
max .
l
25 ~ I. -
I”
I”
30 7 ’I’ T
3? a; 4 4_ 1 1
- 00 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 15
Profile height, [pm]
Figure 6.12: Optimal skirt profiles at different engine speeds
212
6.9 Final Remarks
The tailor-made pseudo-adaptive response surface method (pARSM)
methodology performs very well in addressing specific features of the optimization of the
piston skirt design problem, balancing ease of use with efficiency and mathematical rigor.
This has been verified through a number of real-life examples, one of which is presented
in this chapter. pARSM can be used either in the optimization of existing piston skirt
profiles given new operating conditions, or as an aid in the design of new pistons.
The geometric constraint on the skirt profile makes it difficult to use standard
space-filling techniques to populate the design space along with black-box simulation
software. To alleviate this problem, two space-filling strategies were explored, a modified
max-min formulation and a much simpler LHD approach followed by filtering. Both
strategies yield comparable results. The max-min strategy tends to fill the boundaries of
the design domain first and then the interior space, whereas LHD fills the space evenly.
This suggests that the max-min strategy be used only when the number of data points is
sufficiently large, e.g., when the ratio of the number of data points to the number of
dimensions is greater than ten. Otherwise, the LHD seems more appropriate.
The optimization of the piston skirt profile was explored using two different
response surfaces based on second and third order polynomial approximations.
Numerical results consistently show that the third order polynomial response surface does
not improve enough upon the second order to justify its increased computational cost. A
third order polynomial approximation required almost twice as many function evaluations
and occasionally led to convergence problems in the solution of the surrogate
optimization problem. This could be a very significant difference where an elastic piston
213
is considered, as a single such analysis may require anywhere from one hour to twenty
hours of computation time, depending on operating conditions, mesh size and computer
used. Furthermore, to take full advantage of a third order polynomial approximation
would require using a robust global optimization algorithm to solve the surrogate
problem, which would increase the complexity and cost of the procedure significantly.
The methodology discussed only optimizes the skirt profile for a specific
operating condition. Yet in a production engine a piston must perform over a range of
operating conditions. This suggests exploring a multi-objective optimization version of
the problem, attempting to optimize the skirt profile shape for several operating
conditions, perhaps using different weight factors for different conditions. Weights could
be assigned, for instance, based on the expected time spent at each condition. However,
the problem is not quite the same as a typical multi-objective optimization problem
because the feasible set changes with each operating condition (the friction bounds are
typically different for different engine speeds).
214
CHAPTER 7. RING-PACK PRESSURES AND BLOW-BY
7 .1 Introduction
In this chapter the commercial software package CASE is used to model the ring
pack of three different engines and the predicted ring—pack pressures and blow-by are
compared to measured ones. The limitations of the conventional 2-D modeling approach
of the ring-pack are identified and lead to the new modeling recommendations presented
in the next chapter.
7.2 The Leakage Coefficient
The physics of ring-pack motion and gas flow are very complex, thus requiring
the introduction of coefficients to model certain processes. One such coefficient .in CASE
is the leakage coefficient, 4P1!” This coefficient defines a leakage channel height when the
ring is seated either at the top or bottom of the groove (Figure 7.1). This coefficient is
required to account for leakage passages that can appear at operating conditions. The
groove and ring deform thermally which causes waviness on the two surfaces, thus
prohibiting perfect sealing. Also leakage flow can exist through the micro-channels in
between the surface asperities.
The leakage channel height is given as a function of the channel height when the
ring is seated at the bottom of the groove and the leakage coefficient,
th' =ij hi (7.1)
215
where i = 1, 2, no. of rings, and
t top of groove
p={ (7.2)
b bottom of groove
(b) (C)
Figure 7.1: Ring leakage: (a) channel height and (b) leakage height when ring is
seated at the bottom of the groove and (c) leakage height when ring is seated at the
top of the groove
In the next sections it is shown that correct selection of these leakage coefficients
can result in excellent correlation of data from numerical experiments with actual
measurements.
7 .3 Ring-pack Pressures
A gasoline single-cylinder research engine with an instrumented piston was used
to obtain the measured ring-pack pressures]. The engine was motored at 1500 RPM with
a 2 psi boost to bring the in—cylinder pressure closer to low load operating conditions
(Figure 7.3). The ring-pack of the engine is a three-ring one and was modeled in CASE to
predict interring gas pressures. The ring-pack consisted of a rectangular top compression
l The experimental data for the ring-pack pressures were provided by Mid-Michigan Research, LLC.
216
ring, a Napier second compression ring and a three-piece oil ring. Figure 7.2 shows the
pressures measured.
§ PC : in-cylinder pressure
§ P 1 : top groove pressure
§ P2 : second land pressure
\ , . . .
\ 3 seco d groo 6 pressure
\ P 4 : third land pressure
§ P5 : oil groove pressure
§ P... : sump pressure
s
Figure 7.2: Ring-pack pressures
Table 7.1 shows the channel heights for the three rings when they are seated at the
bottom of the groove. Table 7.2 shows the set of leakage coefficients used for two
different simulations. The two sets are referred to as Leakage 1 and Leakage 2. In Figure
7.3 the in-cylinder gas pressure is shown at 1500 RPM with a 2 psi boost. The measured
and simulation results from the two set of leakage coefficients are compared in Figure 7.4
to Figure 7.8.
In Figure 7.4 the top groove pressure is shown. It is very close to the in-cylinder
pressure. Both leakage coefficient sets predict this pressure very close to the measured
one. This is because the top ring spends most of the time in the high in-cylinder pressure
range sitting at the bottom of the groove (Figure 7.9), thus the flow in the groove has no
restriction. The differences start appearing in the second land pressure (Figure 7.5). The
first set of leakage coefficients, Leakage l, which was tuned by the trial and error
217
method, has very good correlation with the measured second land pressure. The second
set does not predict peak pressure or trends in pressure fluctuations correctly. For
example, at around 180 crank angle degrees there is a rise in second land pressure, but
Leakage 2 set fails to capture it. Similar observations are made moving down the ring-
pack (Figure 7.6 to Figure 7.8). Leakage 1 set enables the prediction of the trends in
pressure fluctuations; however, in some cases it fails to correctly predict the pressure
magnitudes. Leakage 2 does not capture trends in pressure fluctuations or pressure
magnitudes correctly.
Figure 7.9 to Figure 7.11 show the ring location relative to the bottom of the
groove. All three rings begin the cycle at the top of the groove. At the middle of the
intake stroke, as the piston starts to decelerate, inertia pushes the rings at the bottom of
the groove. The top ring remains seated until the middle of the expansion stroke, as in-
cylinder pressure which acts directly on it dominates inertia. After 450 crank angle
degrees, one would expect it to return to the bottom of the groove as the piston slows
down. However, it remains at the top of the groove. This is because the pressure in the
second land is sufficiently high to dominate the top ring’s inertia. This high second land
pressure keeps the second ring seated until after the middle of the expansion stroke.
The second ring exhibits flutter (instability) soon after the middle of the
compression stroke. This is because of competition between second land pressure and
second ring inertia. The pressure in the second land is not sufficiently high to dominate
inertia thus the ring lifts as the piston decelerates. During the process of the ring lifting,
gas flows past the ring into the third land, dropping the pressure in the second land. This
reduces the resistance to flow from the top groove to the second land, thus second land
218
pressure rises and pushes the ring down. This motion creates a passage from the high-
pressure second land to the lower-pressure third land. Consequently pressure in the
second land drops, third land pressure increases, and in combination with inertia the ring
flutters. The process continues until the in-cylinder pressure becomes high enough and
the land pressures are high enough to dominate inertia. The Leakage 2 set predicts an
extended flutter range of 48 crank angle degrees compared to the Leakage 1 set which
predicts a range of 41 crank angle degrees. This is because the leakage coefficients for
the second set are lower, and thus it takes longer for the in-cylinder pressure to dominate.
The prediction of flutter is consistent with the pressure measurements of the second land
(Figure 7.5), second groove (Figure 7.6) and third land (Figure 7.7). These three
measurements show pressure fluctuations around 330 crank angle degrees which suggest
second ring flutter in that region.
The oil ring (Figure 7.11) exhibits similar motion to the second ring. However,
the third land pressure is not sufficiently high to compete with inertia after the middle of
the compression stroke. Thus the third ring lifts and remains at the top of the groove
rather than fluttering. It is pushed back down around 360 crank angle degrees where the
in-cylinder pressure and hence the third land pressure get sufficiently high.
From these simulations and measurements it can be seen that correct tuning of the
leakage coefficients is essential to predict ring-pack pressures correctly. The calculated
pressure results suggest that further tuning of Leakage 1 set would yield a better
prediction of the pressure in the lower ring-pack region. The prediction of ring location
within the groove does not seem to be greatly affected by the leakage coefficient. This is
because in the low-pressure parts of the cycle (intake and exhaust strokes) the ring
219
motion is dominated by inertia. This conclusion is not definitive. Perhaps a leakage
coefficient set that would yield closer correlation of pressure magnitudes at the lower
regions of the ring-pack would also result in more vivid differences in ring motion
compared to the Leakage 2 set.
Table 7.1: Channel height
Height
[mm]
hl (1030
hz 0.057
h3 0.020
Table 7.2: Leakage coefficients
4!, 1 lb, 1 0,2 117,2 1:, 3 lbs
Leakage l 0.07 0.07 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.15
Leakage 2 0.01 0.01 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
3000 fl r T
_-_——
2500~—-————-——-% ————— : ................ . __________ I
, P [kPa]
a2000~------—-——, ————— ; ......... .— _____
1 500
1000
In-cylinder pressure
500
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 7.3: In-cylinder pressure at 1500 RPM 2 psi boost
220
I
II
_._..1
_._—_.4
Measured .
Leakage 1
------ Leakage 2
lllllllllllllllllllllll
T.._ -
l
l
I
l
|
l
I
|
I
l
|
l
----...__.-__
3000
_ _
_ _
. H h .
0 O 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
5 0 5 0 5
2 2 ..1
Eng .a 9:89.... 9on me: no...
540 630 720
450
1 80 270
90
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 7.4: Top ring groove pressure
_ 2 z a H a. 5. fl ..
_ H H n n _ u u m
. _ . . L . . _ d
11111 ”1111.1111_llll.1111_ll..LlllLiliLlllV. 111%
_ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
_ _ _ . _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ .w
. _ _ L _ _ _ _ _
N.” L
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
n n u _ u “ .._.\ . _
_ _ _ _ _ .1‘.\ 6‘ _ _
-..xxk.
_0‘0‘10‘ ...... 4 _ .
o‘- n ...-0...... _ _ _
”0.00. 0000000 _ _ n . _
I2... _ . . _ _
_I o _ _ . _ . .
l l 'nrn'lomf'a'dnliLlll1“111L_111L_111L_11ll
. _ _ Iloooio. . _
_ . . _ _
_ _ _ _ _ . _
- 1 2 ........ /. :
d _ _ _ _ _ 4
e e e _ _ _ _ _
m 99 _ _ _ _
S a a _ _ _ _ .._
a k k _ _ . _ .. -_
e w a . . _ _ _ _ my” .1
r. lll_lIII_Illl.11..JlllJlllJ 111
M I.— ll— _ _ _ _ _ _. e
u u . _ _ ..-_. m.
m _ n n u _ _.. _
u m . . . _ . .
T u - IIIIIII 1. lllllllll u lllllll i_1 ...w 1114
. _ _ . . _ . ...“
n H n H . n
_ _ L _ _ _
r L P _ p L l .
0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0
8 6 4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 8
2 2 2 2 2 4| 1 1 1 4|
3%: «a .9585 new. 2008
630 720
540
1 80 270
90
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 7.5: Second land pressure
221
a 2 a q a
H n n is...
. _ _ _
..... LFL
H h _ ” ....
_ _ _ _ N....
...... H. ...... _ .......... ...- .......
. _ _ _ .
_ _ . _ ...._
_ _ _ _ \Kp.
_ _ _ .. _
_ . \i O. _
..... .... 1.9-11-1.
_ _ \\¢4-.\u..$n\\o. _
. _ ‘0 _ _
_ 0.. -.. _ _ _
...‘t‘l‘fl _ _
Illmfcloglhll ..H-o'c . ollullll+ IIIIII u llllll l
"1.... u
u H u "le/_
1 12 11-1.1 111111 _llllllw 11111 _ 1111111
m w e e n U u n
W 99 _ . _ .
W s a a _ _ _ _
akk . _ _ ..
e a a _ _ ...—.
V e e ----4 ............ .1--- ._ ......
_. MLL _ _ e
- u n . . _._
m . n _ n w
. _
u m ...... _ ............ .... ..... L
fl _ H . -
h . _r _r .
0 0 O 0 0 0 0
5 0 5 0 5 0 5
3 3 2 2 1 l
Han—v: m. .2385 m>o€o act ucoomw
180 270 360 450
Crank angle [deg.]
90
Figure 7.6: Second ring groove pressure
llllllllllllllll
lllllll
-- Measured
Leakage 1
------- Leakage 2
80 P _ _ _ _
60
720
630
270 360
Crank angle [deg.]
180
90
Figure 7.7: Third land pressure
222
« 2 a 2 fl 2
2 _ _ _ _ . w
_ _ 2 2 _- _
2 _ 2 _ _ . .
. 2 2 _ _
2 _ _ _ O
Tllll. lllll _ llllllllllllll LilllLIII 11111 3
_ _ . _ _ 6
_ _ . _ _
_ 2 _ _ h_ _
. 2 2 . _ _
u U _ u . 0
111-_ ..... . .......... .---11111 1.11112 ..... 4
_ _ _ _ _ _ 5
2 _ _ 0000.. 2 2
_ _ _ or. _ _
u u u A.” n _ 0
T1111. 11111111111111111 . 12111112 1111111111 5
_ _ 2 _ _ 2 4
_ 2 2 . _ _
2 _ _ 2. _ _ 2
2 _ fl _ _
........... Uzi)... ..... m
_ . _ . . 3
_4 24 _ . _ _
_ _ . . _
. ..
_ _ _ _ o. O
---u ..... _-d12 -n ..... _----r ........ 7
_ _ e e e . _ u. 2
. _ W 99. . __ 2
_ _ s a a _ _ . .
_ _ akk _ _ _
_ e a a 2 _ _ _ 0
1 111111111 _1 e e -.---15 ...... J 11111 8
_ MLL _ . . 2 1
H . m u u _
_ o _ _ _ .
_ m _ _ _ _ 0
T--- . ----2..---._ ----- 9
2 2 _ _ _
_ _ _ _ L
. _ . . in _
_ _ _ _ _
b _ p F F _ h_ 0
0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0
6 5 4 3 2 ..l 0 9 8
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 7.8: Oil ring groove pressure
0.02»---—-
001»
:5: co:m8_ as: no...
Crank angle [deg.]
223
Figure 7.9: Top ring location relative to bottom of groove
0
1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 W - 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 7 2
2 2 2 _ _ 2 W
F _ 2 _ _ 2 2 r _ 2
2 2 _ 2 2 2 g _ 2
2 2 2 2 O 2 .
1111-2 11111 r 11111 2 11111 L 11111 2- 11111 fi 11111 3 cm 1 11111 L 11111111111111 _ 1111111111111 T 11111 12
. 2 2 2 _ 6 m 2 2
may 2 2 2 _ o .21.? 2
mm. 2 2 2 -_ m m - 99-2 ............. u ....................
11111 21111112111111.1111 21111111 1 a a. 2
kk _ 2 _ 2 5 b kk. 2
w w _ . _ o w w.
LL _ 2 u _ u LL“ _
m 2 _ 2 OJ v rl m 2 111111111111 _ lllllllllllllllllll
2 ----- 1 ----- _ ----- 1 ----- . ----------- w 9 fi 2.2- _ 2
. _ 2 _ _ e a - 2 _
2 n _ _ u N d 2 _ _
2 2 2 2 e r 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 WM» n L. 2
llllL lllll T lllllllllll .L lllll +- lllllllllll 21 lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll
_ {*“JIIWIU'OW'I LI 3 a 0m — Jl _
. m - . 2
2 2 2 _ 2 0 2
----.. ----- _- ----- _---_----.- ..... T 11111 7 r ..1 1-1-1:“ ------------- n 1111111111111 T 111111
2 2 2 2 2 20 g _ _
_ _ 2 2 _ Cm _ _
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 _ 2
2 2 2 0 d 2 2
1111.“ 11111 21 11111 2 11111 12 11111 1 11111111111 8 n 2l 11111 12 1111111111111 _ 11111111111111111111
2 2 2 _ 2 1 0 2 _
_ 2 _ _ 2 w 2 _
2 2 _ 2 2 S “ 22
_ 2 U.- lllllllll 0 00 l 11111 .22 1111111111111 2 lllllllllllllllllll
----1 ----- .7 ----- 2-1--2 ----- _ _ 9 m l. 2
u n _ . u 7. u n
2 _ 2 2 e 2 _
2 2 2 2 2 r 2% H
P L 2 2 2 2 0 1
5 4 3 2 1 0 1 We 2 1 0
0 0. 0 0. O 0. w“. 0. 0.
0 0 0 0 O 0. O 0
22222222 25.222802 ac: ucooom 222-2:22 2202230. act :0
720
630
224
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 7 .11: Oil ring location relative to bottom of groove
7.4 Ring-pack Blow-by
Blow-by is defined as the flow of combustion gases from the combustion chamber
to the crankcase through the ring-pack. Blow-by affects emissions, oil degradation rate,
and useful work of the engine. Figure 7.12 shows the main blow-by mechanisms. Blow-
by occurs at the instances when the ring floats in the groove. The ring floats when it
moves from one groove side to the other. If this happens during the compression or
expansion strokes when in-cylinder pressure is high it can lead to increased blow-by.
Another mechanism is ring collapse. This will occur at low engine loads high
engine speeds. In this case the inertia forces will dominate the pressure forces above the
ring, and the ring remains seated at the top of the groove. At these conditions a point can
exist that the pressure above the ring is high enough compared to the pressure in the
groove (behind the ring). This will cause ring collapse; that is, the ring will move radially
away from the cylinder bore, creating a passage for gas flow. The interested reader is
referred to [14] where a more in-depth description of ring collapse can be found, as well
as a relation for the pressures surrounding the ring that will dictate ring collapse.
The third blow-by mechanism is gas flow past the ring end gap. When the ring is
fitted to the cylinder bore the two ends do not seal completely. This allows for the
creation of a flow passage which is purely dependent on end gap clearance. The end gap
clearance is usually utilized to regulate interring gas pressures.
225
(C)
Figure 7 .12: Blow-by mechanisms, (a) ring floating, (b) ring collapse and
(c) through end gap
In this section the blow-by of two gasoline engines is investigated. These are 2.0L
4-cylinder engines. Engine 1 is a production engine, whereas Engine 2 is in the
development stage. The objective is to assess the performance of its ring-pack relative to
the production Engine 1 ring-pack. Blow-by and in-cylinder pressure measurements are
available only for Engine 1. The in-cylinder pressure measurements are available only at
full load (WOT) conditions. In order to calculate the global blow-by map the WOT in-
cylinder pressures where scaled down to correspond to different loading conditions.
Figure 7.13 shows the in-cylinder pressure traces at 3000 RPM. From here on they are
referred to as:
WOT wide open throttle (full load)
75P three quarters of full load
SOP half of full load
25P one quarter of full load (low load)
It is estimated that the in-cylinder pressures of Engine 2 will be approximately 15
bar higher at peak pressure than Engine 1, thus the Engine 1 pressures are scaled to
correspond to Engine 2 pressures. Figure 7.14 shows the in-cylinder pressures at 3000
RPM WOT. The peak measured Engine 1 in-cylinder pressure is 64 bar and the scaled
Engine 2 peak pressure is at 79 bar. Similarly all the other pressures, at all speeds and
226
load conditions, have been scaled. Engine 2 has a bigger end gap clearance for the top
ring and oil ring.
Table 7.3 shows the channel heights for the two engines. Engine 2 has slightly
higher channels for the second and oil rings. Table 7.4 shows the ring masses of the two
engines. Engine 2 has a slightly lighter top ring but heavier second ring. The total mass of
the ring-pack, though, is the same for both engines. Table 7.5 shows the ring end gap
clearances for the two engines.
Another factor that is considered in the comparison is the cylinder bore
deformation. As explained in Chapter 8, bore deformation affects ring-bore
conformability and ultimately blow-by and ring cooling. Hence the simulations are
performed for all cylinders of Engine 1 and only cylinder 1 of Engine 2.
N (D -h 01
O O O O
ln-cylinder pressure, 13 [bar]
_.L
O
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle, [deg.]
Figure 7.13: In-cylinder pressure traces for Engine 1 engine at 3000 RPM
227
(D
O
I l I I T I I
5 : ' :51. g —Engine1
70 ------ .L ----- L ----- I- ----- {hr—"fl --------- EngIne2~
2 a 2 s '.-'=. s s 3
£6 sow—— r- T ‘. ----- :-—--J. ------ : ------ ' ----- 2
a. I | I | I I
cum : : ' 1‘ : : '
9- 502-22 ----------------- 1‘,““I ------ ; ------- : ----- 2
3 l ' l | l
w : ' : : :
g 40"”? “““ * """ 7 “““ l *"1 ““““ : “““ : “““ r
0. l I ‘ l l |
g 30- ----- I ----- I —————— : --,--—: ------ : ------ : ----- —«
C I | l I |
i : ' ‘ : : :
E 20 ' : '
10
O 'r r l L l L
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720
Crank angle, [deg.]
Figure 7.14: In-cylinder pressure traces for Engine 1 and Engine 2 engines at 3000
RPM WOT
Table 7.3: Ring-pack channel heights for the two engines
Engine 1 Engine 2
hi [mm] 0.060 0.060
’12 [mm] 0.050 0.060
h3 [mm] 0.105 0.106
Table 7.4: Ring masses
Engine 1 Engine 2
Top ring [g] 7.0 6.75
Second ring [g] 6.9 7.15
Oil ring [g] 5.9 5.9
228
Table 7.5: End gap clearances
Engine 1 Engine 2
Top ring [mm] 0.210 0.250
Second ring [mm] 0.550 0.550
Oil ring [mm] 0.275 0.330
7.4.1 Tuning the CASE Model for Blow-by
A typical blow-by map for an engine is shown in Figure 7.15, and this one
corresponds to Engine 1. The blow-by increases with engine load and engine speed.
However, at low engine load high engine speed the blow-by spikes. This is caused by
either ring floating (ring moves towards the top of the groove toward the end of the
compression stroke) or ring collapse.
Blow-by [L/min]
4O ’ ,
30 . MED
20 -
1 0 LOW
Load
Speed [RPM x 100]
Figure 7.15: Measured blow-by (average per cylinder)
229
Following the methodology described in Section 7.3, the leakage coefficients for
the model of Engine 1 here are tuned at the full load (WOT) condition to correlate the
predicted blow-by with the measured one. Table 7.6 shows the sets of tuned leakage
coefficients at the different engine speeds. The comparison of the predicted blow-by with
the measured one is shown in Figure 7.16. It can be seen that the leakage coefficients can
be adjusted such that the predicted blow-by correlates well with the measured one. The
problem is that each engine speed requires a different set of leakage coefficients except at
mid-range, 3000 and 3500 RPM. This will make the setup of blow-by map simulations
very tedious. Also it suggests that the different load conditions would require different
sets of leakage coefficients. This would deviate computational tools such as CASE from
their essence, accessible fast predictive tools. It is desirable to have only one set of
coefficients which will correctly predict blow-by over the entire range of engine loads
and engine speeds.
Table 7.6: Leakage coefficients and blow-by per cylinder at WOT
Engine
Speed 1m 1b,] 11,2 112,2 1:3 112,3 calcmitedz Measuredci
[RPM] [L/mm] [lem]
1000 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 0.055 4.46 4.53
1500 0.052 0.052 0.052 0.052 0.052 0.052 5.07 5.10
2000 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 4.60 4.67
2500 0.044 0.044 0.044 0.044 0.044 0.044 4.88 4.82
3000 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 4.78 4.67
3500 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 0.042 4.84 4.82
4000 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 0.041 5.24 4.10
4500 0.036 0.036 0.036 0.036 0.036 0.036 4.90 4.96
5000 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 5.36 5.24
5500 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 0.040 6.27 6.23
6000 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 0.039 6.15 6.09
2 Average per cylinder.
3 Average per cylinder.
230
1 J - Measured
Average blow-by per cylinder [L/min]
N
—L
l
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Engine speed [RPM x100]
Figure 7.16: Predicted and measured blow-by at WOT
In order to make the blow-by comparison between the different cylinders of
Engine 1 and between Engine 1 and Engine 2, three sets of leakage coefficients are
selected from Table 7.6, at low, mid and high engine speeds.
0 Leakage l : ,1“- : 4b,i = 0.055 (1000 RPM in Table 7.6)
0 Leakage 2 : 1,, ,- = 1b,,- = 0.042 (3000 RPM in Table 7.6)
0 Leakage 3 : 1“- = Abj = 0.039 (6000 RPM in Table 7.6)
Figure 7.17 shows the predicted blow-by for the four cylinders of Engine 1 using
the Leakage 2 set. It is evident that for this engine configuration, cylinder bore
deformation has negligible effect on the blow-by. This suggests good ring conformability
in all four cylinders. The predicted blow-by does not match the measured in terms of
magnitude; however, the trends are similar. Blow-by increases with engine load and
engine speed. Only at 6500 RPM low engine load a spike is predicted in blow-by,
whereas the measured blow-by shows spikes over a wider range of engine loads and at
231
lower speeds. It should be noted, though, that the in-cylinder pressures for the lower load
conditions in the simulations were scaled down from the full load in-cylinder pressures.
Cylinder]
10‘ — ——““7‘“' ““"r ‘‘‘‘ \ \
8\_ j ...... L
E ' i :\ 1‘ .
E I . : :\\l‘
a 6 —————————————— i ‘k\ : u
‘9 4 4444444 .: . r
g |‘\ i I
9 I ‘r u
m 2 f ‘1 ; ‘F
o- i :‘fk
60\‘K. \L. E
50\_.- f .
4O \ I '
30 - .- » x
20 ,. _; -
10 25P 50P 75P WOT
Speed [RPM x100] Load
Cylinder2
10\__ T ‘ __ .. _ _ _ x
8‘4- I 3‘
E \L :\ .
E : ; I‘ I.
a, 6\F _____________ \k\ : I
>‘ i f
‘3 4» ....... . T
3 i r. ; .
2 . I I
m _ : : \i‘
60' _- i 3
50\\\---
4O \Zx\_,- I
30 \_— 7 ‘J
20 \\,-_- -——_a
10 25P 50P 75P WOT
Speed [RPM x100] Load
Figure 7.17: Predicted blow-by for the four cylinders of Engine 1 using Leakage 2
232
Cylinder 3
_ ,
N. \. \.
6 4 2
FE; 3-22m
50P 75P WOT
Load
25P
Speed [RPM x100]
Cylinder 4
Es; 3-22m
SOP 75P WOT
Load
25P
Speed [RPM x100]
Figure 7.18: Predicted blow-by for the four cylinders of Engine 1 using Leakage 2
233
Using different leakage coefficients for cylinder 1., differences in predicted blow-
by maps are seen. In the case of the Leakage 1 set (Figure 7.19), blow-by at WOT is high.
It peaks at 12.2 Umin which even exceeds the blow-by spike at high-speed, low—load
condition. This leakage coefficient set over-predicts blow-by, and the blow-by map does
not follow the trends of the measured one. The Leakage 3 set (Figure 7.20) yields
comparable results with the Leakage 2 set.
15\ .-- " ''''' “x
I
' . 1 I
Blow-by [L/min]
Speed [RPM x100] Load
Figure 7.19: Predicted blow-by, Engine 1, Cylinder l, Leakage 1
234
Blow-by [L/min]
Speed [RPM x1 00] Load
Figure 7.20: Predicted blow-by, Engine 1, Cylinder 1, Leakage 3
The Leakage 2 set is chosen to build the blow-by map for Engine 2 as it is tuned
for the mid-range speeds and thus more appropriate than the Leakage 3 set, which is
tuned for the high-speed range. The Leakage 1 set is clearly not desirable, as it fails to
capture the trends in the blow-by map. Figure 7.21 shows the predicted blow-by map of
cylinder 1 of Engine 2. For this configuration the blow-by has a perfectly linear
relationship with engine speed and loads. Blow-by spikes are not predicted at the high—
speed, low-load condition.
235
Blow-by [L/min]
10’ " 25p 50P 75P WOT
Speed [RPM x100] Load
Figure 7.21: Predicted blow-by, Engine 2, Cylinder 1, Leakage 2
The CASE model does not predict ring collapse at any operating condition for
either engine. In order to understand the mechanism of blow—by for these engines, the
axial ring location relative to the bottom of the groove is examined.
Figure 7.22 and Figure 7.23 show the predicted ring location of the top two rings
for cylinder 1 of the two engines at 6500 RPM and WOT and low load, respectively. At
WOT the ring—packs exhibit similar behavior. The top ring is seated at the bottom of the
groove for most of the cycle, except at the beginning of the intake and end of the exhaust
strokes. The second ring follows the same motion but also lifts after the middle of the
compression stroke and remains towards the top of the groove until close to the middle of
the expansion stroke. The noticeable difference is the duration of second ring flutter for
Engine 1. The second ring of Engine 1 is lighter than that of Engine 2, and thus inertia is
236
lower. This phenomenon suggests that the second land pressure becomes sufficiently high
and overcomes inertia, thus pushing the ring downward. The second ring floats and
creates a passage for extra gas flow, increasing the third land pressure while relieving the
second land pressure. This pushes the ring to the top of the groove again. The process
continues until the net force on the ring pushes it toward the bottom of the groove. The
second ring of Engine 2 only shows one instance of flutter after peak in-cylinder
pressure. Despite the fact that the peak in—cylinder pressure is 15 bar higher and the end
gap clearance of the top ring is bigger than Engine 1, the second land pressure does not
become sufficiently high to dominate inertia and cause prolonged flutter. This indicates
that the ring-pack of Engine 2 is better designed.
At the low load condition (Figure 7.23), the motions observed at the beginning of
the intake stroke and end of the exhaust stroke are similar to those at the high load
condition (Figure 7.22). The noticeable differences are the reduction of second ring
flutter and lift of the top ring for Engine 1 and the absence of second ring flutter for
Engine 2. The top ring of Engine 1 is heavier than that of Engine 2. In conjunction with
its lower in-cylinder pressure, ring inertia dominates toward the end of the compression
stroke, thus lifting the top ring. When the in—cylinder pressure peaks at around TDC, it
becomes sufficiently high to push the top ring back to the bottom of the groove. This
motion (floating) of the top ring handicaps its sealing capabilities, thus resulting in the
spike in the blow-by observed at this condition (Figure 7.17). The pressure buildup in the
second land does not become sufficiently high to cause prolonged ring flutter as observed
at WOT.
237
m
a . a .
7 _ fl . . . .
_ b _ _. _
.m . - .1 -. ..
0 ... I1 _ . _
3 . me .........
6 .. .n. _ _ _ .
.me U H . H ”
r0. _ . _ _ _
0 pC-----h----.-----u--.--.----r----.
M 06 . _ . _ _
—| CU. _ . _
..u H u . H
0] ¥ m. _ u _ _
s a. . m .......... ......... .
4e _ r r - -
m.- ” ''''' P L. _ _ .
I ‘1 «I a _ _ _
mm. a n H . u . ...... .
_ an m, n h . u
- _ a (\ _ _ _ _
a” ..1 . 1 CW _"l 1U. ..1 _ W
_ _ . . _ .Illll Illll_l|ll-_Illll_ lllll _Illl|_llll_ lllllllll
..... ......... no . . _ . . .
_ _ . _ _ . _ .
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ . _ 0 _ . . _ _
f ..... ........ .8 a ..... .........
1.
_ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _
_ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ .
_ _ _ _ . . . . _
_ _ _ _ . _ . _ _
1-1.1-1.}--. ..... .1. 11.1111. - ....... . % 1-..--1--1. ----- .-11 --------------
_ _ _ _ . . _
fl . . _ _ _ _ u u _ n _ .
, . . . . . o . _- . . . .
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4| 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
o. e. o. o o. o o. o o. o o. o. o. o
0 0 0 0 0 0 Au 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
_EE_ .EoEo>oE mcE _Eé .EmEgoE 95".
450
lldng
)
238
360
Crank angle
b
Predicted ring location, Cylinder 1, Leakage 2, Load WOT, 6500 RPM
(
270
(a) Engine 1 and (b) Engine 2
Figure 7.22
m m
H . M H ._ 7 M H L L L .. 7
_ . ~ _ _ _ _ _ _
P _ _ _ . _ P .
_ I'n'nlllnlllIln'I'I'c'I'o'u'. I'I'I'I'I'I'Ilvlu't'o lllllll I IIIIII
_ .4 '''''' 0 _ _ ''''''' O
_ ..... ......... 3 W..::.::-. ..... ......... 3
m . . _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ 6
. . . _ _ _ Mum. _ . _ . _
n _ . _ ~ _ .n _ _ _ _ _
g _ . _ _ _ O_ _ . _ _ _
nm _ _ _ _ _ 0 pc. _ _ . _ . 0
.n O--_---. ----- .---.--.- --------- 4 0 e-.--.---. ----- .---_--_- --------- 4
pC _ _ _ . _ 5 TS. _ _ _ _ _ 5
0 e _ _ _ _ . u _ . _ _ _ _
TS _ _ . . _ m . _ _ . .
m . _ . . . 1|. . . . _ . . . AU
. . . . . . . hill-wx-In. iiiii .Iu-iwliilr iiiiiiiii
I . g - .. llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I 5
. e .a ..... .. ... _ . ... 4
m . _ _ . .
.. m _ _ _ _ _
m. . . . . . m
x!) I iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii _ nnnnnnnnn _- 111111111
m m _ . . _ . _ 3
m orlll'u'ml'l'l'uni llllll W'I'n'l.“ ...... L“ IIIIII
m ---_--p--_ ----- _---.--_-- ----- N
c . . . _ . . .2
. g _ _ _ _
. . . _ _ _
..... ......... ..oo
_ _ _ . _ . 1
. _ _ _ _ _
_ . _ . . _
_ _ _ . _ .
_ _ L _ _ _
III-u. ---------------- _ ---------- . ----------- O
I. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 9
_ _ _ _ .
_ _ _ _ _ _
_ . . . . .
_ . _ _ _
e c . . _ _ 0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0.
_EE_ .EwEo>oE ocE
_Ec: .EmEm>oE mcE
Crank angle, [deg.]
(b)
Figure 7.23: Predicted ring location, Cylinder 1, Leakage 2, Load 25P, 6500 RPM
(a) Engine 1 and (b) Engine 2
239
Engine 2 exhibits no top ring movement during the compression stroke. This is
achieved by the higher in-cylinder pressure and also the lower inertia of the top ring.
These effects keep it seated at the bottom of the groove and hence there is no spike in the
predicted blow-by for this engine (Figure 7.21). Also the second ring flutter is completely
eliminated.
In conclusion, given the available data, the ring-pack of Engine 2 is designed
better than that of Engine 1. The second ring instability is limited at high-speed, high-
load conditions, and it is absent at high-speed, low-load conditions. Also, the blow-by is
better controlled in this engine. These results, however, cannot be considered conclusive
as they were predicted by tuning the leakage coefficients at one operating condition and
then using the set to build the blow-by maps. Perhaps this implies the need for an
improved model for ring dynamics. The foundation for such an improved model is
introduced in the next chapter.
240
CHAPTER 8. AN INTRODUCTION TO 3-D NUMERICAL
MODELING OF PISTON RING DYNAMICS
8.1 Background
Conventional numerical models for the prediction of ring dynamics perform the
calculations in a two—dimensional domain under the assumption that variations in gas
flow and ring motion at different axial locations along the circumference are negligible.
Figure 8.1 shows an axial cross-section of a ring-pack where the calculations are
performed to predict the groove pressures P1, P3 and P5, the land pressures P2 and P4
and the motion of the three rings given the boundary conditions PC and PS .
The calculations in this two-dimensional domain proved to be adequate for ring-
pack designs of the last several decades. However, all the efforts to increase engine
efficiency and control emissions in recent years result in much tighter clearances. These,
in conjunction with piston secondary motion and the use of smaller asymmetric rings,
necessitate the introduction of improved numerical models.
Figure 8.2 shows typical variations in groove and land volumes at the end of the
compression stroke and beginning of the expansion stroke. At the end of the compression
stroke, the ring piston is sliding on the minor thrust side, thus the volumes in this cross-
section are smaller than the ones on the major thrust side cross-section. Similarly, at the
beginning of the compression stroke, the piston moves to the major thrust side, thus
making the volumes on the minor thrust side bigger. This dynamic change of volumes
continues throughout the cycle. These changes in volume from side to side affect the
241
interring gas pressures and ultimately ring motion, ring twist, friction, blow-by and
emissions.
Considering the secondary motion of the piston described in Chapter 3, the land
and groove volumes at any circumferential location are dictated by it,
V = f (ring and groove geometry, e p cos 6, ez cos (9, ,3) (8.1)
Top
compression
ring
Second
compression
ring
Oil
ring
Figure 8.1: Axial cross-section of ring-pack
242
Major cad = 360' Minor Major cad = 360+ Minor
(a) i ‘ (b)
Figure 8.2: Typical groove and land volumes at (a) end of compression stroke
(b) beginning of expansion stroke
Another limitation of these two-dimensional models is the approximation of the
ring torsional stiffness with a relation introduced in [62],
ln(D0 D.)
T, = Ew3—‘- (8.2)
3(Do +Di)
where E is the modulus of elasticity, w the width, Do the outside diameter, and D,- the
inside diameter of the ring. This relation does not account for the stiffness variation along
the Circumference of the ring, as it is only a cross-sectional property. Hence conventional
W'VO—dimensional numerical models are limited in accurately predicting ring twist.
After making these observations, together with the fact that modeling results do
not match measured data without exhaustive tuning (see Chapter 7), it was deemed
appropriate to initiate the development of a new numerical model that will account for all
the dYIIamic variations in the three-dimensional space.
243
In this chapter the finite element model which will act as the foundation of the 3—
D ring dynamics model is presented. Furthermore the numerical methodology for
calculating interring gas pressures and ring dynamics is introduced.
8.2 Finite Element Model in RING
RING is a commercial numerical model for ring dynamics. It is part of the CASE
suite [6]. The finite element in RING, which is used for the ring-bore conformability
analysis, uses planar frame elements (Figure 8.3). Such elements have three degrees of
freedom (DOF) at each node, two translational and one rotational. Although such
elements are adequate for predicting ring-bore conformability, they cannot be used to
predict ring twist along the ring circumference for rings with asymmetric cross sections.
Furthermore, the loads on the ring are implemented as point forces in the radial direction
at each node, and moments are ignored. However, a distributive pressure load along the
ring circumference will result in point forces and bending moments.
‘15
42 Ar
‘16
613 z x/q4
/
‘11
Z L
X
Figure 8.3: Planar frame element
244
8.3 Finite Element Model for a 3-D Ring
The finite element model for a 3-D ring introduced here uses space frame
elements (Figure 8.4). Such an element possesses twelve DOF, six at each node. For node
1:
q]: translation along the local x-axis
q2: translation along the local y-axis
q3: translation along the local z-axis
q4: rotation about the local x-axis
q5: rotation about the local y-axis
q6: rotation about the local z-axis
Respectively q7 to ‘112 correspond to node 2. This element is suitable for
predicting ring twist along the ring circumference and coupling the ring dynamics. The
thifitory behind this element will not be discussed in detail. The interest reader is directed
to [59] or any other finite element book for an in-depth discussion of the theory. The
basics only are given here.
245
With,
Figure 8.4: Space frame element
The local stiffness matrix of the element is given by,
T
KL =[K'1 K21 (8.3)
K21 K22
246
0 0 0 1
0 0 6E1.“
12
12131 ,9. _6EIX,
[2
G} (8.4)
— 0 0
1
_6E1yy 451).},
1
0 0 4E1“
l d
0 0 0 1
0 0 6E!“
12
,, _6Elyy
[2
GJ (8.5)
—— 0 0
l
W 2131).},
1
o 0 2511“
247
ETA 0 0 0 0
0 1213;]- 0 0 0 _ 6E5“
1 1
0 12131,). 6E1),
3 2
1 1
K22 = G J (8.6)
0 0 0 T 0 0
o 6E1”. 4E1”.
12 l
0 "—4615; 0 0 0 44E;
- l _
and the local nodal displacement and load vectors are given by (8.7) and (8.8)
respectively,
T
qL={qi 612 £13 (14 (15 616 47 618 (19 6110 ‘11] 6112} (8-7)
fL:{fl f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 f8 f9 f10 fll f12}T(8.8)
These are in the element local coordinate system x-y-z. Before assembly they
neéd to be transformed to the global coordinate system X-Y-Z. This is achieved by the
tran sformation matrix, T, so that
(IL = Tq (8.9)
Where T is given by assembling diagonally the transformation matrix T5,
T3 0 0 0
0 T 0 0
T = s (8.10)
0 0 T5 0
_ 0 0 0 TL
248
In turn TS is derived in two stages. In stage one the direction cosines for the local
axis relative to the global axis are derived assuming the local z-axis is parallel to the X-Z
plane, yielding the transformation matrix Ta. In the second stage the transformation
matrix Tb is derived which accounts for the rotation of the member’s principal axis
(Figure 8.5).
Figure 8.5: Principal axis (y-z) rotation, viewed from the positive x-direction
The two transformation matrices are given by,
10x max "ox
2 2
Ta = T(loxmox)/d (lox+nox)/d _(moxnox)/d (8'11)
“flax/d O T ox/d
and,
l 0 0
Tb = 0 cosa sina (8.12)
0 -sina' cosa
Where,
X — X
10,, = ——21—' (8.13)
249
2&11. (8.14)
ox l
n =ZZ__Z_1 (35)
0X 1
with I being the element length and d = 102x +n02,C . The transformation matrix TS is then
obtained by,
TS = TbTa (8.16)
In the case where the element is vertical, that is the x-axis is parallel to the Y-axis,
the transformation matrix Tb, is of different form than what is given in (8.12). This is not
applicable to the present model and thus it is not given.
The relation between local and global nodal displacements is given by,
q]. = Tq (8.17)
resulting to the global system of equations,
K q = f (8.18)
I, ( )
The order of the system is six times the number of nodes.
The load vector, 1', due to a distributive force is calculated using the equations for
a beam element (Figure 8.6). A beam element is subjected to transverse loads and
bending moments, and the nodal displacements are transverse in the plane of loading and
I'Otational about the plane of loading.
250
q1 q3
q’fi; q4 +
J
'1
2
+--
L
F
I
Figure 8.6: Beam element
The load vector for a beam element, fb, subjected to a distributive load p0, is
given by,
rb = JéNTpde (8.20)
where, N is the matrix of shape functions,
N=[Nl N2 N3 N4] (8.21)
wi th,
2x3—3lx2+l3)/l3
N1=(
N2 =(x3—21x2+12x)/12
N3 (
(8.22)
= 31x2 —2x3)/l3
N4 =(x3—lx2)/12
Evaluating (8.20) yields,
1 T
fb =—— po [{6 z 6 —1} (8.23)
12
Where entries 1 and 3 are transverse loads and entries 2 and 4 are bending moments.
Now referring to Figure 8.4, in the case of a space frame element, a distributive
f0l‘ce loading in the x-z plane will yield a load vector as,
251
fL=-11—2p01{0 0 6 0 1 0 0 0 6 0 —z 0}T (8.24)
and a distributive force loading in the x-y plane will yield a load vector as,
fL=1i2p01{0 6 0 0 0 1 0 6 0 0 0 —1}T (8.25)
The global load vector is then obtained by the relation,
1‘ = TTfL (8.26)
8.4 Ring Discretization and Coordinate Transformation
A schematic of the ring in its global coordinate system is shown in Figure 8.7.
Here, D is the compressed diameter of the ring when fitted to the bore, ec is the end gap
clearance and w is the ring width. The nodes are placed along the ring at a radius R given
by,
R = D —% (8.27)
The ring is discretized with n nodes, where n has to be odd and in the range of 91
to 181, that is,
n = 2z+1 ; ze [45, 90] (8.28)
The angular location of each node is given by 6.
252
NE
node 042"—
Figure 8.7: Ring in its global coordinate system (viewed from the negative Y-
direction)
In calculating the ring-bore conformability the radial displacements at each node
need to be known. The ring twist is given by the rotation about the tangential axis of each
node. This is achieved by a coordinate transformation from the global coordinate system
to a local radial-tangential coordinate system (r-t) shown in Figure 8.8. The figure is
viewed from the negative Y-direction, and it does not show displacements in that
direction. The transformation is given by,
1
[r‘ _cosfi sin6 0 0 0 -1q1
. ‘13
t —sm6 cost9 0 0 0
< Y 1: O O l O O < q21 (8.29)
[)6, _ 0 0 0 -sin6 cose_ ‘14
1‘16.
where r is the radial displacement and ,8 is the ring twist.
253
Figure 8.8: Radial-tangential coordinate system
Conforming the ring to the bore will affect the end gap clearance. The change in
end gap clearance (Figure 8.9) is calculated by evaluating the length of vector C in
(8.30). If the end gap clearance is zero a warning issued. Also to ensure that the gap is not
negative, that is, there is no overlap of the first and last element, a unit vector, (8.31), in
the direction of vector C is calculated. As long as ”Z >0 there is no overlap.
C = —B + A ‘ (8.30)
=nxi+nyj+nzk (8.31)
254
X node 1
e X
6
fi node n
Figure 8.9: Ring end gap
In the case where the ring is not conforming to the bore this will create additional
passages for gas flow. The area created due to this non-conformability is approximated
by triangles and trapezoids. For example, for the schematic shown in Figure 8.10 the gas
flow area, Aflow, would be approximated as,
Aflow =—;-163+lc3+c4 +%lc4 (8.32)
node 3 l
JR
Figure 8.10: Flow area created due to non-conforming nodes
255
8.5 Bore Deformation
The bore deformation can be input as data from measurements or finite element
analysis of the cylinder block. It should be input in two dimensions, the circumferential
location and axial location (Figure 8.11). Deformations that will enlarge the nominal bore
diameter are positive.
77¢ Minor
N“ , 6b > 0
0 34
l.’ ' xc
\\ D
5b < O
~§ r0
=xc
1Y0
Figure 8.11: Bore deformation
Alternatively the bore deformation can be simulated using a 4th order cosine
function of the form,
4
5,, = Z 2,. cos [i(6+¢, )] (8.33)
i=2
where the [It’s are the amplitudes and (D, ’s are the phases. The zeroth and first orders are
omitted as they represent magnification and translation respectively.
256
8.6 Gap Location
The gap location of the ring can be varied to investigate effects on conformability
and ultimately dynamics and blow-by. The gap location is described by an angle (p,
measured counter-clockwise from the minor thrust side (Figure 8.12).
2‘)
Major Minor
je
Xii
Figure 8.12: Gap location
8.7 Ring-bore Conformability - Methodology
Given the complex topology of the bore deformation, the ring conformability
cannot be achieved by the standard minimization of the potential energy of the system
(8.34).
H : é—qTKq — qTf (8.34)
While the ring is fitted into the distorted bore and exposed to the gas pressure
loads, some nodes will be displaced inwards and other outwards. The conformability is
achieved iteratively using a fix-and-release (of constraints) strategy.
257
\
Figure 8.13: Nodal clearances and displacements
The nodal displacements of the ring exposed to the solid cylinder bore have to
obey a non-penetration condition. Referring to Figure 8.13, this non-penetration
condition at the ith node can be in the form of a constraint expressed as,
gi =6); —c,- =§Xicos6i+5Zisin6[—ci SO (8.35)
It should be noted that when the above constraint is satisfied the reaction force,
Ri, is zero. If the constraint is active then the reaction force is less than zero.
gi<0; Ri=0 (8 36)
gi =0; Ri <0 '
Also it should be noted that,
gi=5r,—-C,-=-§Xi—ci50; fori=fl (837)
258
The ring-bore conformability problem can then be expressed as,
Find: q
that minimizes: II = é-qTKq — qTf
subject to: 81' S 0
Minimization of the potential energy requires that the derivatives of II with
respect to ‘li vanish, yielding (8.18). For the system to be solved some boundary
conditions (constraints) have to be applied to prevent rigid body motion. Due to the
symmetry of the ring all 6 DOF of node (n+1) / 2 are constrained in order to jump start
the iterative process. The first DOF of node (n+1) / 2 , in X-direction, can be released
during the iterative fix-and-release strategy, while the other five are constrained
throughout.
In solving the ring—bore conformability problem there are two cases to consider:
i. The constraint Si is satisfied and is inactive, that is 8i < 0. In such a case
the solution of the problem follows directly from (8.18) and
implementation of the above described boundary conditions at node
(n+1)/2.
ii. The constraint g,- is active, that is 81' =0. In such a case the contact
constraint has to be incorporated into the potential energy to solve the
ring-bore conformability problem. This is achieved using the penalty
method [36, 77].
259
The penalty method is a well-known method, and it is used widely in the solution
of contact problems via finite element methods. An alternative approach would be the
Lagrange multiplier method, however, this method would increase the order of the
system and thus computation time. The penalty method, for each active constraint, adds a
penalty to the potential energy. For the present problem, (8.35) can be written in matrix
form as
g =Aq—c=0 (8.38)
The potential energy is then modified to account for the penalties,
1 T T 1 T
II =— K — f+— ,1 8.39
g 2 q q q 2 g g ( )
where A is the penalty number. The choice of ,1 is dependent on the problem. The
recommended range found in literature is,
xi = ,1 r max [diag(K)] ; xi. , 6 [104,106] (8.40)
If ,1 = 0 then (8.39) reduces to (8.34). When ,1 is large the penalty of violating the
constraints is large; thus in minimizing the potential energy, the constraints are closely
satisfied. Again minimization of the potential energy requires that the derivatives of Hg
with respect to qi vanish, yielding
[K+AT/1A] =f+ AT/ic (8.41)
260
8.7.1 The Fix-and-release Strategy
In the process of solving the ring-bore conformability problem, that is fitting the
ring to the distorted bore, a fix-and-release strategy is employed. The steps are outlined
below.
ii.
iii.
iv.
vi.
vii.
viii.
Build the global stiffness matrix.
Build the global load vector due to ring tension and gas pressure behind
the ring.
Calculate bore deformation at ring level.
Fix all the DOF of node (n+1) / 2 , except the first one, in the X—direction.
Check bore deformation at each node. If deformation is less than or equal
to zero, (8.35) is active, thus build (8.38).
Solve (8.41).
Calculate radial displacements and reaction forces at each node.
Check for each node: (a) if the radial reaction is greater than zero release
the node, (b) if the radial displacement is greater than the bore
deformation fix the node, that is, (8.35) is active. If (a) or (b) is true go
back to step vi. Otherwise return the ring-bore conformability.
8.8 Choosing the Penalty Number
In Section 8.7 it was indicated that the penalty number, A, is problem—dependent
and it ideally lies within a range (8.40). In order to decide on the choice for II, the finite
element solution for two cases is compared. In each case three different 2’s (,1 = 104, l =
261
105, and A = 106) lying within the range are tested. The ring is discretized with 91 nodes.
The ring properties are given in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1: Ring properties
Ring diameter, D [m] 87.5
Ring width, w [mm] 2.8
Cross—sectional area, A [mmz] 3-27
Second moment of inertia Iyy [mm4] 2-03
Second moment of inertia, lzz [mm4] 0-38
Polar moment of inertia, J [mm4] 2-4
Principal axis angle, a [deg.] 0
Modulus of elasticity, E [N mm‘z] 196-1H3
Poisson’s ration, v 0.3
Distributive force, p0 [N mm'l] 0-5
In the first case, the radial displacements are calculated at each node due to the
distributive load, p0. A11 the DOF’s of the centre node, node 46, are fixed. Two non-
penetration conditions (8.35) are imposed on nodes 20 and 60 with em = 1 mm and
C60 = -1 mm. The radial displacements are shown in Figure 8.14. It is clear that each ,1
returns equivalent results.
In the second case the ring is fitted to a distorted bore. The bore deformation and
the radial displacements of the fitted ring for different A’s are shown in Figure 8.15.
Again each ,1. returns equivalent results.
Consequently in the context of the ring-bore conformability the penalty number is
Chosen at the middle of the recommended range,
,1 = 105 (8.42)
262
12 r - -
, 5 —6-=1.0x1o4
1°“‘“”""j --------- a=1.0x105 ““““““ 7
E : .......... a=1.0x106
g 8-———------. --------------- --------------- -
E’ 1 1 1
a) I I l
E 6* --------- j -------------- --------------- -
m l l I
0
.9 1 1 1
_3 4~—— —————————————— —————————————— —«
P 1 1
E : :
8 2 --------- f --------------- ~
[I 1 __________ - _____________________ :- ............... -
0 ---------- 1| ------------- '- -------------- ~
-1---—------: —————————————— . --------------- ~
-2 g L L
1 20 46 60 91
Nodeno
Figure 8.14: Radial displacements prediction due to a distributive load with
different penalty numbers
10 -
5 ~ —————————————————————— «I ———————————————————— ~
2'. i
...: 0 --------------------- I -------------------- —<
C I
0) I
E .
8 1
m -5 ------------------------ -1 —————————————————————
5i, : 1
'3? Bore deformation
8 '10“ ...:10x104 1 “““““““““““ 7‘
a: 5 :
‘I ----- o- = 1.0 x 10 ;
-154-_ ---------- (1:1.0X106 1: _______________________ -
-20 i
1 46 91
Node no.
Figure 8.15 : Ring fitted to distorted bore with different penalty numbers
263
8.9 Validating the Ring Finite Element Model
In order to check the adequacy of the ring finite element model and to ensure that
it is free of any programming errors, a comparison is made with the analytical solution of
a half ring.
Given a semi-circular ring (Figure 8.16) of radius R and constant cross-sectional
properties, subjected to a uniform distributive load p0, and constrained at one end, the
radial and tangential displacements are given by [43],
4 2
6} = pOR [l—cos6+gsin 6)+-pO—R—[1—cos6+—€sin6]
Ely), 2 EA 2
2 (8.43)
+-6A)R—[£sin 6)
SGA 2
4 2
5r — pOR (B—gcosfl—é-sinBJ— pOR (geoséwgsiné?)
' El EA
yy 2 (8.44)
+9p—OR—(lsin0—2cos6)
SGA 2 2
The transformation between the radial-tangential coordinate system and the global.
X-Z coordinate system can be made using the equations in (8.29).
A '0
Figure 8.16: Half ring subjected to uniform distributive load
264
The ring properties shown in Table 8.1 were used in the comparison between the
analytical and finite element model results. The semi-circular ring is discretized with 46
nodes. The deformed shape of the ring is shown in Figure 8.17. It can be seen that the
analytical and finite element model results are equivalent.
80 - 1 - 1 1
Undeformed
- - Analytical
60r ....... ... FE mOdel ' 7
X lmml
Figure 8.17 : Comparing analytical with finite element model results
8.10 Choosing the Number of Nodes
In order to assess the accuracy achieved by increasing the number of nodes and
ultimately selecting an adequate number of nodes, several test runs were performed. The
number of nodes discretizing the ring was varied while the ring was fitted to the distorted
bore shown in Figure 8.15. The ring properties are as of the top compression ring in
265
Table 8.3 with no pressure loading behind the ring. The results are shown in Table 8.2
and Figure 8.18. The case of 91 nodes is selected as the base, and the rest are normalized
with respect to this. At 91 nodes the gas flow area is 1.2437e-02 mm2 and the end gap
clearance is 0.15035 mm.
It is observed that beyond 91 nodes the results are comparable, especially for the
end gap clearance. Clearly the maximum number of nodes is the optimal, as the
approximation errors of the gas flow area in (8.32) are minimized. However, the number
of iterations needed to fit the ring in the distorted bore appears to be linearly related with
the number of nodes. In this specific case, as the number of nodes doubles the number of
iteration doubles. Similar trends have been observed when fitting the ring to bore
deformations of different topologies. It should be noted that at each iteration the system
of equations from the finite element model has to be solved.
Let the system be of order m = 6n, where n is the number of nodes. The solution
of such system using Gauss elimination is of order m3/3. The cost of fitting the ring to
the distorted bore as a function of the number of nodes then is,
216-.3
cost(n) = k (n) 3
(8.45)
where k(n) is the number of iterations. Thus doubling the number of nodes will make
the simulation much more expensive as (8.45) suggests that cost ~ n4.
Consequently 91 nodes is the recommended number and that is what will be used
from here on.
266
Table 8.2: Effect of number of nodes
Number of Number of Normalized gas Normalized end gap
nodes iterations flow area clearance
11 2 0.0000 1.0080
21 2 0.0000 1.0035
31 3 0.9004 1.0008
41 3 0.9415 1.0004
51 4 1.1197 0.9999
61 4 0.9984 1.0001
71 5 1.0612 0.9999
81 6 1.0473 0.9999
91 7 1.0000 1.0000
101 8 1.0019 1.0000
111 8 1.0144 1.0000
121 8 1 .0234 0.9999
131 10 1.021 1 0.9999
141 10 1.0045 1.0000
151 11 0.9976 1.0000
161 12 1 .0042 0.9999
171 13 1.0130 0.9999
181 14 1.0109 0.9999
15. - e
(0
S
E 10* «
,2 .
E. 5* 1
o
z
0 J. I; L g g i I
11 31 51 71 91 111 131 151 181
No. of nodes 8
co (3) c
g 1.2, e . 4 1.009 g
g 1‘ e
f, o_3 1.006 a
to
0’ 0.6 ‘2
'8 04 * 1.003 c
E‘ ' 8
g 0.2‘ 1 g
_ r r m r l m
2 011 31 51 71 91 111 131 151 18 ”999 E
Z
No. of nodes
(1))
Figure 8.18: Effect of number of nodes on (a) number of iterations
(b) on the normalized gas flow area and end gap clearance
267
8.11 Sample Numerical Results
In this section some sample results are presented, demonstrating the capabilities
of the ring-bore conformability model.
The ring properties are shown in Table 8.3. It is assumed the ring groove pressure
(pressure behind the ring) is known a priori (Figure 8.19). Finally, the rings are fitted to a
distorted bore as shown in Figure 8.20.
The results are shown in Figure 8.21 through Figure 8.24 for the top ring, Figure
8.25 through Figure 8.29 for the second ring, and Figure 8.30 through Figure 8.33 for the
oil ring segment.
The top ring, as it is exposed to higher pressure load behind it, conforms to the
bore better than the second ring. The oil ring segment has the best conformability to the
bore despite the very low pressure behind it. This is due to the high diametral force
needed to bring it to a diameter of 87.5 mm from the free shape in conjunction with the
low second moment of inertia.
The top ring and oil ring segment exhibit no twist, as the principal axis of their
cross sections align with the global coordinate system. The second ring, though, exhibits
twist as the principal axes are at an angle of 2.71 degrees. The twist is greatly affected by
the groove pressure. It can be seen in Figure 8.26 that the maximum twist occurs close to
360 crank angle degrees where the groove pressure is the highest. The ring twist varies
significantly along the circumference.
Finally, the flow area and end gap clearance are dependent on the location of the
ring and the applicable bore distortion.
268
Table 8.3: Ring-pack properties
Top ring Second ring Oil ring
segment
Ring diameter, D [m] 87.5 87.5 87.5
Ring width, w [m] 2.8 3.3 2.3
Cross-sectional area, A [mmz] 3-27 3-73 0-86
Second moment of inertia Iyy [mm4] 2-03 3-18 0-26
Second moment of inertia, Izz [mm4] 0-38 0-42 0'01
Polar moment of inertia, J [mm4] 2-4 3-6 028
Principal axis angle, (1 [deg.] 0 2.71 O
Modulus of elasticity, E [N mm'z] 196. le+3 108.0e+3 196. le+3
Poisson’s ration, v 0.3 0.3 0.3
Diametral force, [N] 15.5 14.9 67.0
First groove
Pressure, [bar]
_.._._.-._.__
Second groove
— Third groove
360
450
Crank angle, [deg.]
269
540
630
Figure 8.19: Ring groove pressure
720
Bore deformation [urn]
O
360
go ‘50
Angle [deg.] 0 0 Cylinder bore length [mm]
Figure 8.20: Cylinder bore distortion
270
Radial clearance [rm]
14\.,~" . -
.0
m _S
4‘ l
91
360
46
Crank angle [deg.] 720 1 Node n0. [.1
Crank angle [deg.]
180
360
540
7201
23 46 68 91
Node no. []
Figure 8.21: Ring-bore conformability - top ring
271
720
90
a ...... L
_
_ _
1:. 5
1 o.
1
Z 8:936 can 9.5 853532
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.22: End gap clearance - top ring
llllll
.Iilullulill
0.012
FEE. mew 26E
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.23: Flow area - top ring
272
720
lllll
Inl'llnlllllllll'ii
30
vlluill.
_ __ ____4
6
540
450
Crank angle [deg.]
360
270
180
vi 300: oEEoEooéoz
Figure 8.24: Non-conforming node - top ring
273
hm}
.0
01
Radial clearance
0J1.-~4 “L. .
0.4~,..---'
0.3«---"
0.2~.--'
0.1a.
.5
" 91
68
180 '
360 i»
540 46
Crank angle [deg.] 720 1 Node no. [.1
Crank angle [deg.]
0 [urn]
06
180 05
04
360
03
02
540
on
7201 23 4e 68 e1 0
Node no. [-]
Figure 8.25: Ring-bore conformability - second ring
274
Twist [deg.]
0'.
u
u
_-
_-
u
-
.I
.u'
. n
a
_-
n
o
o
."
o'
.n o
a
n
.'
40 w ......... -°" """"""" !
-
.
0‘.
I
o
o
.u
.....
a a
.a a .0
......
......
n o
l o
0‘ a
360 ........... -
46
Crank angle [deg.] 72° 1 Node no. [.1
Normalized end gap clearance [-]
Figure 8.26: Ring twist — second ring
1.12
1.1~
1 .08
1.06 --
1.04
1.02—
0.98
90 180 270 360 450 540 630
Crank angle [deg.]
0.96 i
0
Figure 8.27: End gap clearance - second ring
275
a a llV_
"n _ _
n n u
_ _ _
n u H
_ _ _ g
_ IIIIIIIII _ lllllll on
H l“ n
H _ n .m
T u n _ ] m
IIIIIII _iIlllllLllllilILlllllllLllIIIIl .
_ _ 9 e
_ u s e s
_ _ . ..m. _
u u H b a
Y lllllll _ llllllll _ llllllll _ llllll m» r
_ _ a
_ _ lnlll. a w
_ . k
u _ U m h
I lllllll _ iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii _liii r F _
” n C ..
. _ 8 _
_ _ _ 2. _ H
n _ . 8 H _
. _
............................. 4------1 e _ _
n J. J. _ r H H
u u u u we _ _
m . _
111-1”---1---"--i---l_,l- " _ ....... 0
_ _ _ . , a _ _ _ 29
_ _ . _ _ _ _
. _ _ . . _ . , _
I.” _ _ u _ u _ u u H H H
F H J_ _ a k a _ a _ a O
5 2 5 m 0 5 0 5 O 5 O 5 O 5 O
M M m 0. 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1
0. 0. 3L mono: ac_§£:oo.coz
FEE. new 26E
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.29: Non-conforming nodes — second ring
276
—h
l
0.6“ _-
04
Radial clearance [1m]
91
360
540 46
Crank angle [deg.] 720 1 Node no. [.1
180
360
Crank angle [deg.]
540
7201
23 46 68 91
Node no. [-]
Figure 8.30: Ring-bore conformability — oil ring segment
277
450
360
Crank angle [deg.]
270
180
90
Z 8:986 new new um~=m§oz
Figure 8.31: End gap clearance — oil ring segment
7 a 5 m 3 z r o
FEE $5 26.“.
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.32: Flow area - oil ring segment
278
3.5 l
s ------ e ----- ----- ------
23 E E E E E E i
“3255""? **** I """ """ I """ I """"
Q) . I I l - | |
E I s s a z s a 5
a. 2 ““““ : ““““ """ : “““ : """"
.E l I I I I I I
E I I I I I I I
.915“ """ I """ I ““““ I “““ I """" I “““ I “““ ‘I ““““
c l l I l I l |
8 ' ' : : : : :
g 1 ...... 4-5-__-:----*_: ...... I ..... 4-5--_-:---_T-L ......
z I I I I I I I
0.5—--—-—-I ------ I ------ ------ I —————— I ————— J
O I I I I I I I
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 6 0 720
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.33: Non-conforming nodes - oil ring segment
8.12 Incorporating the Groove
The methodology described so far assumed that the groove was large enough that
it would not interfere with the ring. In reality, though, as the ring twists it will come in
contact with the groove. In order to constrain the ring in the groove, a coordinate system
213—n is defined at the center of the groove (Figure 8.34) and the coordinates for the 13
points shown in Figure 8.34 are calculated. It should be noted that points 11 and 12 on
the ring are always aligned with points 2 and 3 on the groove. Similarly, points 5 and 6
on the groove are always aligned with points 7 and 10 on the ring. The introduction of the
groove introduces an additional four constraints for the ith node,
279
$H=%-%50
gi+2 =02 —77i150
8i+3 =77i2 ‘773 50
8i+4 =77i0 “776 30
(8.46)
Figure 8.34: Groove coordinate system
The ring-bore-groove conformability problem can then be expressed as,
Find: q
that minimizes: 11 = éqTKq — qTf
85i—4 = 775 *779 5 0
85-3 =772 ”71330
subject to: gSi—Z = ”1’2 -773 g 0
g$4=flM-fl6$0
g5,- = 5r,- -c,- S O
280
E
The above problem can be solved following the fix-and-release strategy described
in Section 8.7. 1.
The new coordinates for the ring §'-77' used in the constraints are calculated by
coordinate transformation. Given the location of the ring’s center of gravity (513, 7713)
and the ring twist ,6, the new coordinates can be calculated using (8.49) where Tg and Rg
are translation and rotation transformation matrices.
1 0 "513
Tg = O 1 -7]13 (8.47)
0 O 1
cosfl —sin,6 O
R g = sin ,6 cos ,6 O (8.48)
0 O 1
{5,} = T? R T{§} (8.49)
’7 77
281
8.12.1 Constrained Ring Results
This section presents some numerical results for the second ring constrained in the
groove as described above. Figure 8.35 to Figure 8.39 show the ring-bore conformability,
the ring twist, the end gap clearance, the available gas flow area and the percentage of
non-conforming nodes over the entire cycle for the second ring with asymmetric cross-
section confined within the limits.
Compared with the results presented in the previous section, for the same ring but
unconfined, it is observed that the groove confinement improves ring conformability
away from the end gap but ring-to-cylinder bore clearance increases by more than 1 pm
at the end gap.
Figure 8.36 shows the twist for the ring in the groove. It can be seen that it varies
along the circumference and also varies significantly throughout the cycle. This
reinforces the necessity of an advanced 3-D ring dynamics model in order to capture all
the phenomena around the ring circumference.
282
M
.’
..a
0'1
1
.0
(II
1
Radial clearance [m]
7‘
DO
U
360
Crank angle [deg.] 720 1 Node no. H
180
360
Crank angle [deg.]
540
720
23
Node no. [-]
Figure 8.35: Ring-bore conformability - constrained second ring
283
Normalized end gap clearance {-1
.0 '-
..' o
u
o
a
-
.r'
."
n
o
_-
.-
,-
.
s
\
‘-
....
. \
... .
I.-
........
.
...
............
,. s‘
u' .
....... 45
23
360
540
1 1
Crank angle [deg.] 720 1 Node no. H
Figure 8.36: Ring twist - constrained second ring
1.12
1.1 .
1.08 I
1.06 » »— ---------- —————— i I ~
1.04. i f I,
1.02 — - «
1 ~ -
0.98' ”J. —-l _________ ,
0'965 910 180 2:70 360 ELK—5:117) -Tscf—‘f'zo
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.37 : End gap clearance — second ring
284
Y’all-l
.I_——___4
lllllllllllllll
llllllllll
_
_
.
4
_
_
_
_
.
N
_
_
T" _._-
’ll'llllllllllll'll'lllull
0.045
0.035I——--
0.03I—--—»
0.025~-—--- —
—
5
1
O. 0.
0
_NEFE moi 26E
_
_
_
1 5
0 0
0 O.
O
Crank angle [deg.]
Figure 8.38: Flow area - second ring
0 5
3 2 2 1.
3L mono: mEcEEooéoZ
180 360 450
Crank angle [deg.]
90
Figure 8.39: Non-conforming nodes - second ring
285
8.13 Further Developments
Following the above developments it is recommended that a similar direction be
pursued in order to solve the full ring dynamics problem. Equation (8.18) should be
expanded to account for ring inertia, that is,
Mij+Kq=f (8.50)
where M is the mass matrix for the space frame element [59].
Figure 8.40 shows all the loads acting at each cross-section of the ring which
corresponds to one node. These loads should be incorporated on the load vector f. The
methodologies for calculating the pressures surrounding the ring are very well
documented in [14, 37, 66]. Equation (8.50) can then be solved using standard techniques
for second order non-linear problems in order to predict the full dynamic behavior of the
ring. One approach would be to use an implicit integration scheme in conjunction with
the Newton-Raphson methodology to solve (8.50). Another approach is via the
component mode synthesis methodology. The interested reader is referred to [8] for a
description of this methodology.
286
Piston
Figure 8.40: Loads on ring at one cross-section
287
CHAPTER 9. FINAL REMARKS
9.1 Lessons Learned
One of the essences of a PhD dissertation is to help you mature as a researcher. A
mature researcher is one who has learned lesson along the research journey. In this
section some of those lessons learned are discussed for future researchers to avoid
repetition.
The first thing that should be understood in research is not to reinvent the wheel.
If something has already been developed and is publicly available, use it. In the initial
stages of this work, considerable effort was invested in order to develop the finite
element (FE) methodology for the piston. The big effort was not to develop the
methodology but to implement the programming of it correctly, in order to handle large
number of nodes, something that is typical of a piston mesh. Despite these efforts, the
capabilities of the model are only limited to linear tetrahedral elements, whereas the
industry standard is to use higher order elements. There are numerous commercial finite
element software packages that can return all the FE results required by a piston
dynamics numerical model. Hence the efforts can be applied in the development of
methodologies for piston dynamics, rather than trying to manage computer memory
allocation.
Another important lesson is the realization of the usefulness of a methodology. If
a methodology is used repeatedly in solving similar problems, it implies that it must
possess some advantages. In this work it was chosen to use FE methods to solve the
288
Reynolds lubrication equation on the skirt domain. This was chosen as it allowed for
direct mapping of information from the 3-D piston solid mesh to the 2-D skirt mesh.
However, a common practice found in literature is to use finite differences (FD) to solve
the Reynolds equation on the skirt domain. The implementation of FD has several
advantages over the FE method. The FD mesh is independent from the FE mesh. This
allows for a coarse FE mesh and a denser FD mesh. A coarser FE mesh will decrease the
computational cost to obtain the skirt compliance. At the same time a dense FD mesh will
allow for an accurate calculation of the hydrodynamic pressures. Another advantage of
the FD methodology is the implementation of a starvation algorithm for the lubrication
analysis. This is very straightforward and has been implemented in many tribological
studies. However an implementation of a starvation algorithm is not so straight forward
using the FE methodology, nor very well documented.
The message here is to devote the efforts to develop methodologies that are
essential to the core of the research and utilize existing well-established methodologies.
9.2 Limitations and Recommendations
In order to continue the improvement of these numerical models, it is important to
identify and understand their limitations.
The piston dynamics numerical model can be improved in several areas. First, the
finite element results used in the elastohydrodynamic analysis should be obtained via
quadratic tetrahedral elements rather than from linear ones. Linear elements tend to be
stiffer than quadratic ones. The use of commercial finite element software packages is
recommended, adding their results as inputs to the model.
289
The lubrication model requires improvement in two areas. Currently the standard
Reynolds lubrication equation is used. This should be changed to the average Reynolds
equation proposed by Patir and Cheng [54] to account for the effects of surface roughness
on hydrodynamic pressures. Furthermore, the current model assumes fully flooded
lubrication conditions; however, this is not typical under real operating conditions. An oil
starvation algorithm [15] should be implemented to account for partially flooded
conditions.
The 2-D mesh for the skirt domain should be decoupled from the 3-D solid mesh
of the piston. This will allow for a coarser solid mesh to obtain piston deformations and
temperatures while allowing for a finer mesh for the solution of the Reynolds lubrication
equation. This in turn will reduce computational burden for obtaining the compliance
matrix but at the same time maintain accuracy of the solution of the Reynolds equation.
In doing so, the Reynolds equation can be solved via finite differences, making it much
easier to implement the starvation algorithm.
Currently the pressures on the skirt surface are obtained iteratively via relaxation
techniques. The clearances between the skirt and the cylinder bore, though, can be treated
as state variables and incorporated in the Newton-Raphson methodology used for the
secondary motion evaluations. This will make the computation of the Jacobian matrix
more expensive but at the same time it will eliminate the pressure iterative loop in the
model and hence make it more robust, since all the unknowns will be calculated with one
methodology.
The friction model also needs improvement. Currently the Coulomb friction
model is used. It is appropriate for development purposes of the methodology; however,
290
under operating conditions friction varies with engine speed, loading, and oil
temperature. Several models are archived in literature that can account for all these.
Finally, the skirt drop discussed in Section 5.4.3 should be implemented to aid in
better prediction of the dynamics at BDC.
The skirt profile optimization methodology requires improvements as well. The
different equations defining the skirt profile shape discussed in Section 6.4.2 should be
implemented. The most important improvement here, though, is the expansion of the
methodology to a multi-objective one in order to be able to optimize a skirt profile for a
range of operating conditions and not just one.
9.3 Conclusions
A novel piston dynamics numerical model has been developed. This model is
unique as it extends the piston secondary motion calculations in one more dimension, the
wrist-pin plane. It was used to evaluate the performance of several pistons.
A numerical experiment was performed using a new generation piston fitted to a
cylinder bore with asymmetric deformation and temperature distributions. It was found
that the motion along the wrist-pin becomes important when the prediction of piston wear
is required.
The model was also used to understand the failure mechanisms of a high-speed
piston. The cyclic stress loading was recovered, and it was concluded that failure was
occurring due to fatigue. It was deemed that the affected area at the valve pocket edge
needed strengthening. Furthermore, during the modeling efforts for this piston a
simplified progressive wear model was proposed and tested. This simplified model
291
appears to predict the trends that are observed in engine break-in. However, the linear
extrapolation used for wear progression is inadequate as it highly over-predicts wear.
A comparison was made between the pistons of two similar gasoline engine
configurations one production and one under development. It was found that the new
engine suffers from higher friction losses at the piston skirt because of higher in-cylinder
gas pressure loads. The dynamics of the two pistons were comparable.
The model was employed in the investigations of wear mechanisms on a heavy-
duty diesel piston. Several numerical experiments were performed, leading to the
conclusion that accurate representations of the cylinder bore deformation and temperature
distributions are required for the correct prediction of wear modes under real operating
conditions. Some of the predicted results correlate well with test observations.
An optimization methodology was developed for the optimization of piston skirt
profiles to complement the above piston dynamics numerical model. The methodology
performs very well in addressing the optimization of piston skirt profiles. It has been
implemented on a gasoline piston and the numerical results suggest that an optimized
profile can lead to a reduction in piston slap while maintaining friction within desirable
limits.
A commercial simulation software package for ring dynamics was used to predict
interring gas pressures and blow-by for different engines. It was observed that with
correct tuning of the model the predicted results can correlate very well with measured
ones. It was found that the ring-pack of the newly developed engine performs better than
that of the production engine studied, since the higher in-cylinder gas pressures in
conjunction with a lighter top ring and heavier second ring demote high blow-by at high
292
engine speed low engine load conditions. This prevents the top ring from lifting during
the compression and expansion strokes, and also second ring flutter is reduced. The
model however, has limitations in building blow-by maps. As it is tuned for only one
operating condition and also ring twist is considered only in a 2-D space, a predicted
blow-by map does not correlate very well with a measured one.
Following these observations an introductory presentation is made for a 3-D ring
finite element model. This model accounts for the whole ring, and it can be used for ring-
bore conformability and ring twist calculations. Examples are given of cyclic ring-bore
conformability and ring twist assuming known gas pressure loading behind the rings. The
model is intended to act as a backbone in future development of an advanced 3-D ring
dynamics model.
All these methodologies perform well in assessing the cylinder-kit performance of
internal combustion engines. However, they need to be continuously improved to account
for multiple physical phenomena as engine design requirements become more
complicated in search of low cost, high fuel efficiency, long trouble-free life, low
emissions and low noise and vibration. The economic crisis of this past year can be
demoralizing, but efforts to improve the performance of the internal combustion engine
should not be paused. As long as there is oil to be pumped or alternative combustive
fuels, there will be pistons and piston rings. And as Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger
said at the opening ceremony of the 2009 SAE World Congress,
“The Detroit auto industry is saying I ’ll be back!”
293
APPENDIX A pARSM - PERFORMANCE MEASURES OF THE
SURROGATE MODEL QUALITY
These are the quantities used to evaluate the quality of the surrogate model in
Chapter 6:
(i) The coefficient of determination, R2 and the adjusted coefficient of
determination R3 , where
R2 = _§§£ (A.1)
SST
and
R3 =1—l’d—11—(1—R2) (A.2)
"d —”b
In (Al) and (A2)
"d
A 2
SSE :Z(yi_yi) (A3)
i=1
is the sum of squares errors and
"d
_ 2
SST = 20.- - y) (A4)
i=1
is the total sum of squares errors. y is the arithmetic mean of the data values yi. The R2
value increases as the number of regression coefficients increases, and R3 provides an
estimate which corrects for the number of regression coefficients.
294
(ii) The standard deviation of the error or data noise a and the normalized
residual r, given by
e = SSE (A.5)
"d _nb
and
1
r : Te (A'6)
0'
Myers and Montgomery [44] report that most of the normalized residuals should lie in the
interval —3S I; S3. Otherwise this would be an indication that the surrogate model is not
a good approximation of the true response surface around the region of the particular
design. The maximum and minimum values of the normalized residual vector are defined
as
rmax = max I;- (A.7)
rmin = min I; (A.8)
(iii) The estimated standard error. An estimate of the prediction error at each data
point is known as the estimated standard error, ees, and is given by,
as (xi)=a\ET(XTX)—1§ (A9)
where
§={5I(xI-) r5200) 6,,b(x.-)}T (A10)
295
APPENDIX B pARSM - COEFFICIENTS FOR THE QUARTIC
POLYNOMIAL SKIRT PROFILE
These are the coefficients for the quartic polynomial, (6.5), skirt profile in terms
of the five design variables, a1 - a5 and the skirt length, L:
C0=a0 (B.l)
Cl=a4 (3.2)
C2=—[(00— a1)a2+a2a4L- (12(400- 4a3+3a2 a4)L3
(3.3)
+(3610- 36134-261204 )L4]/l:02( (Laz— )ZLZ]
C3 =[2(a0— a1)a2+2a2a4L- a%(4a0— 4a:+3a2a4)L2
(3.4)
+(2a0—2a3+a2a4)L 4](/[a3 (—a2 )ZLZ]
_ 3 3 2
C4 ——|:(aO—a1)a2+a2a4 L—az (3a0—3a3+2a2a4)L
(3.5)
+(2a0—2a3 +612 a4)L3]/[a3(a2 -L)2 L2]
296
BIBLIOGRAPHY
. Akalin, O., Newaz, G. M., 2001, “Piston Ring-Cylinder Bore Friction Modeling in
Mixed Lubrication Regime: Part I — Analytical Results,” Journal of Tribology, Vol.
123, pp. 211-218
. Annand, W. J. D., 1963, “Heat Transfer in the Cylinders of Reciprocating Internal
Combustion Engines,” Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Vol.
177, pp. 973-990
. Archard, J. F., 1953, “Contact and Rubbing of Flat Surfaces,” Journal of Applied
Physics, Vol. 24, pp. 981—988
. Arcoumanis, C., Ostovar, P., Mortier, R., 1997, “Mixed Lubrication Modeling of
Newtonian and Shear Thinning Liquids in a Piston-Ring Configuration,” SAE paper
972924
. Beaton A. E., Tukey J. W., 1974, “The Fitting of Power Series, Meaning
Polynomials, Illustrated on Band-Spectroscopic Data,” Technometrics Vol 16, pp.
147-185
. CASE, 2007, Mid Michigan Research LLC, http://www.mmrllc.com
. Chui, B-K., Elastohydrodynamic Modeling and Measurement of Cylinder-kit
Assembly Tribological Performance, PhD Dissertation, Michigan State University,
East Lansing, MI, 1998
. Craig, R. R., Kurdila, A. J., Fundamentals of Structural Dynamics, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., Hoboken, NJ, 2006
. Dursunkaya, Z., Keribar, R., 1992, “Simulation of Secondary Dynamics of
Articulated and Conventional Piston Assemblies,” SAE Paper 920484
10. Dursunkaya, Z., Keribar, R., Ganapathy, V., 1994, “A Model of Piston Secondary
Motion and Elastohydrodynarnic Skirt Lubrication,” Journal of Tribology, Vol. 116,
pp. 777-785
11. Duyar, M., Bell, D., Perchanok, M., 2005, “A Comprehensive Piston Skirt
Lubrication Model Using a Mass Conserving EHL Algorithm,” SAE Paper 2005-01-
1640
12.Ejakov, M. A., 2001, “Modeling of Axial and Circumferential Ring Pack
Lubrication,” ASME paper 2001-ICE-433
297
13.
14.
15.
l6.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Ejakov, M. A., Schock, H. J., Brombolich, L. J ., Carlstrom, C. M., Williams R. L.,
1997, “Simulation Analysis of Intem'ng Gas Pressure and ring Dynamics and their
Effect on Blow-by,” ASME ICE Vol. 29(2), pp. 107-123
Ejakov, M., Ring Pack Behavior and Oil Consumption Modeling in IC Engines, PhD
Dissertation, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, 1998
Elrod, H.G., 1981, “A Cavitation Algorithm,” ASME Jour. of Lubr. Tech, Vol.
103(3), pp. 350-354
EXCITE, 2007, Anstalt fiir Verbrennungskraftmaschinen List, http://www.avl.com
Goenka, P. K. and Meemik, P. R., 1992, “Lubrication Analysis of Piston Skirts,” SAE
Paper 920490
Greenwood, J. A., Tripp, J. H., 1970-1971, “The Contact of Two Nominally Flat
Rough Surfaces,” Proc. lnstn. Mech. Engrs, Vol. 185, pp. 625-634
Greenwood, J. A., Tripp, J. H., 1971, “The Contact of Two Nominally Flat Rough
Surfaces,” Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Vol. 185, pp. 625-
633
Greenwood, J. A., Williamson, J. B. P., 1966, “Contact of Nominally Flat Surfaces,”
Proc. R. Soc. London, Series A, Mathematical and Physical Sciences, Vol. 295
(1442), pp. 300-319
Guyan, R. J ., 1965, “Reduction of Stiffness and Mass Matrices,” AIAA Journal, Vol.
3(2), p. 380
Heywood, J. B., lntemal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New
York, 1988.
Hu, Y., Cheng, H. S., Arai, T., Kobayashi, Y., Aoyama, 8., “Numerical Simulation of
Piston Ring in Mixed Lubrication — A Nonaxisymmetrical Analysis,” 1994, Journal
of Tribology, Vol. 116, pp. 470-478
lntemal Combustion Engines - Piston Rings - General Specifications, SAE Piston
and Ring Standards Committee, SAE J 1591 , 2008
lntemal Combustion Engines - Piston Rings — Oil Control Rings, SAE Piston and
Ring Standards Committee, SAE J 2002, 2008
lntemal Combustion Engines - Piston Rings - Vocabulary, SAE Piston and Ring
Standards Committee, SAE J 1588, 2008
Internal Combustion Engines - Piston Vocabulary, SAE Piston and Ring Standards
Committee, SAE J 2612, 2002
298
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
Jones, D. R., Schonlau, M., Welch, W. J., 1998, “Efficient Global Optimization of
Expensive Black-Box Function,” Journal of Global Optimization, Vol. 13, pp. 455-
492
Keribar R., Dursunkaya Z., Ganapathy V., 1993, “An Integrated Design Analysis
Methodology to Address Piston Tribological Issues,” SAE Paper 930793
Keribar, R., Dursunkaya, Z., Ganapathy, V., 1993, “An Integrated Design Analysis
Methodology to Address Piston Tribological Issues,” SAE Paper 930793
Li, C. H., 1982, “Piston Thermal Deformation and Friction Considerations,” SAE
Paper 820086
Li, C. H., 1982, “Piston Thermal Deformation and Friction Considerations,” SAE
Paper 820086
Li, C. H., 1986, ”I'hermoelastic Behavior of an Aluminum Diesel Engine Piston,”
SAE Paper 860136
Li, D. F., Rohde, S. M., Ezzat, H. A., 1982, “An Automotive Piston Lubrication
Model,” ASLE Transactions, Vol. 26, pp. 151-160
Li, G., Azarm, S., Farhang-Mehr, A., Diaz, A. R., 2006, “Approximation of
Multiresponse Deterministic Engineering Simulations: a Dependent Metamodeling
Approach,” Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization, Vol. 31, pp. 260-269
Liu G. R. and Quek S. S., The Finite Element Method: A Practical Course,
Butterworth-Heinemann, Boston, MA, 2003
Liu, L., Modeling the Performance of the Piston Ring-Pack with Consideration of
Non-Axisymmetric Characteristics of the Power Cylinder System in lntemal
Combustion Engines, PhD Dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Cambridge, MA, 2005
Liu, L., Tian, T., 2004, “A Three-Dimensional Model for Piston Ring-Pack Dynamics
and Blow-by Gas Flow,” ASME Paper ICEF2004-968
Liu, L., Tian, T., 2005, “Modeling Piston Ring-Pack Lubrication with Considerations
of Ring Structural Response,” SAE Paper 2005-01-1641
Liu, L., Tian, T., Rabute, R., 2003, “Development and Applications of an Analytical
Tool for Piston Ring Design,” SAE Paper 2003-01-31 12
McClure, F., Numerical Modeling of Piston Secondary Motion and Skirt Lubrication
in lntemal Combustion Engines, PhD Dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, MA, 2007
299
42.
43.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
McClure, F., Tian, T., 2008, “A Simplified Piston Secondary Motion Model
Considering the Dynamic and Static Deformation of Piston Skirt and Cylinder Bore
in Internal Combustion Engines”, SAE Paper 2008-01-1612
Mid-Michigan Research, CASE Theoretical Manual, Mid-Michigan Research, LLC,
Okemos, MI, 2003
.Myers R. H., Montgomery D. C., Response Surface Methodology, Process and
Product Optimization Using Designed Experiments. John Wiley & Sons Inc., New
York, 1995
Nickails, W. D. R., Dye, H. R., 1996, “The Geometry of the Discriminant of a
Polynomial,” The Mathematical Gazette, Vol. 80 pp. 279-285
Oh, K. P., Goenka, P. K., 1985, “The Elastohydrodynamic Solution of Journal
Bearing Under Dynamic Loading,” Journal of Tribology, Vol. 107, pp. 389-395
Oh, K. P., Li, C. H., Goenka, P. K., 1987, “Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication of Piston
Skirts,” Journal of Tribology, Vol. 109, pp. 356-362
Panayi A. P., Schock, H. J ., “Investigations on Piston Secondary Dynamics: A Model
that Considers Translation Along the Wrist-pin and Second Land Interactions with
the Cylinder Bore,” ASME Paper IMECE2007-41264
Panayi, A. P., Piston Design and Analysis: Parameterized and Complete Finite
Element Analysis Approach for the Assessment of Piston Performance, Master’s
Thesis, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, 2006
Panayi, A. P., Schock, H. J ., “Piston Finite Element Modeling for the Estimation of
Hydrodynamic and Contact Forces and Moments,” ASME Proceedings of ICEF2006,
Paper No. ICEF2006-1587
Panayi, A., Schock, H., Chui, B.K., Ejakov, M., 2006, “Parameterization and FEA
Approach for the Assessment of Piston Characteristics,” SAE Paper 2006-01-429
Papila M., Haftka T. R., 2000, “Response Surface Approximation: Noise, Error,
Repair, and Modeling Errors,” AIAA Journal, Vol. 38, pp. 2336-2343
Patel P., Mourelatos P. 2., Shah P., 2007, “A Comprehensive Method for Piston
Secondary Dynamics and Piston-Bore Contact,” SAE Paper 2007-01-1249
Patir, N., Cheng, H. S., 1978, “An Average Flow Model for Determining Effects of
Three-Dimensional Roughness on Partial Hydrodynamic Lubrication,” Journal of
Lubrication Technology, Vol. 100, pp. 12-17
Perchanok, M., 2000, “Modeling of Piston-Cylinder Lubrication with a Flexible Skirt
and Cylinder Wall,”'SAE Paper 2000-01-2804
300
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
Piegl, L., Tiller, W., The NURBS Book, Springer, Heidelberg, Germany, 1997
PISDYN, 2007, Ricardo PLC, http://www.ricardo.com
Press, W. H., Teukolsky, S. A., Vetterling, W. T., Flannery, B. P., Numerical Recipes
in Fortran 77, The Art of Scientific Computing, Cambridge University Press, New
York, NY, 1992
Rao, 8. S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Butterworth-Heinemann,
Boston, 1999
Richardson, D. E., 2000, “Review of Power Cylinder Friction for Diesel Engines,”
Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power, Vol. 122, pp. 506-519
Richardson, D., 1996, “Comparison of Measured and Theoretical Interring Gas
Pressure on a Diesel Engine,” SAE Paper 961909
Ruddy, B. L., Dowson, D., Economou, P. N., and Baker, A. J. S., 1979, “Piston Ring
Lubrication — Part H1, The Influence of Ring Dynamics and Ring Twist,” Energy
Conservation through Fluid Film Lubrication Technology: Frontiers in Research and
Design, ASME Winter Meeting, 1979, pp. 191-215
Sacks, J. Welch, W. J., Mitchell, T. J., Wynn, H. P., 1989, “Design and Analysis of
Computer Experiments,” Statistical Science, Vol. 4, pp. 409-435
Simpson W. T., Peplinski D. J., Koch. N. P., Allen K. J., 2001, “Metamodels for
Computer-Based Engineering Design: Survey and Recommendations,” Engineering
with Computers, Vol. 17, pp. 129-150
Stinstra E., Stehouwer P., den Hertog D., Vestjens A., 2003, “Constrained Maximin
Designs for Computer Experiments,” Technometrics, Vol. 45, pp. 340-346
Tian, T., Modeling the Performance of the Piston Ring-Pack in lntemal Combustion
Engines, PhD Dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA,
1997
Tsujiuchi, N., Koizumi, T., Hamada, K., Okamura, M., Tsukijima, H., 2004,
“Optimization of Profile for Reduction of Piston Slip Excitation,” SAE 2004-32-0022
Ugural, A. C., Fenster, S. K., Advanced Strength and Applied Elasticity, Prentice Hall
PTR, Englewood Cliffs, 2003
Vogel, H., 1921, “The Law of the Relation Between the Viscosity of Liquids and the
Temperature,” Physik Zeitschrift, Vol. 22, pp. 645-646
Wang G. G., 2003, “Adaptive Response Surface Method Using Inherited Latin
Hypercube Design Points,” Journal of Mechanical Design, Vol. 125, pp. 210-220
301
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
Wang G. G., Dong Z., Aitchison P., 2001, “Adaptive Response Surface Method - A
Global Optimization Scheme for Computation-intensive Design Problems,” Journal
of Engineering Optimization, Vol. 33, pp. 707—734
Wang G. G., Shan S., 2007, “Review of Metamodeling Techniques in Support of
Engineering Optimization,” Journal of Mechanical Design, Vol. 129, pp. 370-380
Wilson, C. E., Sadler P. J ., Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Prentice Hall,
Upper Saddle Valley, NJ, 2003
Wong V. W., Tian T., Lang H., Ryan J. P., Sekiya Y., Kobayashi Y., Aoyarna S.,
1994, “A Numerical Model of Piston Secondary Motion and Piston Slap in Partially
Flooded Elastohydrodynamic Skirt Lubrication,” SAE Paper 940696
Woschni, G., 1967, “Universally Applicable Equation for the Instantaneous Heat
Transfer Coefficient in the lntemal Combustion Engine,” SAE Paper 670931
Woschni, G., 1979, “Determination of Local Heat Transfer Coefficients at the Piston
of a High Speed Diesel Engine by Evaluation of Measured Temperature
Distribution,” SAE Paper 790834
Wriggers, P., Computational Contact Mechanics, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2006
Wu, H., Chiu, C., 1986, “A Study of Temperature Distribution in a Diesel Piston —
Comparison of Analytical and Experimental Results,” SAE Paper 861278
Wu, H., Chiu, G, 1986, “A Study of Temperature Distribution in a Diesel Piston -—
Comparison of Analytical and Experimental Results,” SAE Paper 861278
Wujek, B. A., Renaud, J. E., 1998, “New Adaptive Move-Limit Management
Strategy for Approximate Optimization, Part 2,” AIAA Journal, Vol. 36, pp. 1922-
1934
Zhu D., Cheng H. S., Arai T., Hamai K., 1992, “A Numerical Analysis for Piston
Skirts in Mixed Lubrication - Part I: Basic Modeling,” Journal of Tribology, Vol.
114, pp. 553-562
Zhu D., Hu Y., Cheng H. S., Arai T., Hamai K., 1993, “A Numerical Analysis for
Piston Skirts in Mixed Lubrication - Part H: Deformation Considerations,” Journal of
Tribology, Vol. 115. pp. 125-133
Zottin, W., Peixoto, V. J. M., 2003, “Numerical Simulation of Piston Rings
Instability,” SAE 2003-01-0981
302
S
E
R
A
R
m
L
V.
.H
s
R
E
.v.
N
U
E
T
A
T
s
N
A
m
H
m
M